defense acquisition university

9820 Belvoir Road

Fort Belvoir, Virginia 22060-5565

For more information about the Defense Acquisition University,

call 888-284-4906 or visit the DAU website at www.dau.mil.
2011

Course Catalog

Learn. Perform. Succeed.
Global Learning Environment

Provided 9.9 million hours of learning 

across the Performance Learning Model

Provided 6.4 million 

hours of training

Provided 577 performance support 

efforts, totaling 492,521 hours—all 

working with our customers in their 

workplaces
At DAU, we believe that providing high-quality training to the 

Defense Acquisition Workforce is the best way to make a positive 

impact on the warfighter.

In 2009, DAU reached students from 

over 97 countries and graduated its 1 

millionth student.

Graduated 193,967 students, a 26 percent 

increase—a record-breaking 154,399 

online graduates and 39,568 students in 

the classroom
6

Mission

Provide a global learning environment to support a mission-ready Defense Acquisition Workforce 

that develops, delivers, and sustains effective and affordable warfighting capabilities. 

Impact acquisition excellence through:

•	 Acquisition certification and leadership training

•	 Mission assistance to acquisition organizations and teams

•	 Online knowledge-sharing resources

•	 Continuous learning assets

Vision

Enabling the Defense Acquisition Workforce to achieve the right acquisition outcomes.

Goals

Provide an integrated, interactive learning environment that helps Acquisition Workforce 

members, teams, and organizations improve acquisition outcomes.

Continuously improve our infrastructure and mission support processes to optimize use of

resources.

Support congressional and DoD acquisition improvement initiatives through thought leadership, 

applied research, and engagement with key acquisition organizations.

Foster an environment that encourages continuous development, promotes diversity, and rewards 

achievement to enhance job satisfaction and performance.

Proactively engage our customers and stakeholders to understand their mission requirements and 

develop responsive solutions to enhance performance.
7

Introduction

Message from the President | What’s New in DAU and the Defense Acquisition Community

Chapter one

The Defense Acquisition University

Our Work | Our History | Our Organization | Our Faculty and Staff | Our Facilities | 

DAU Leadership | Board of Visitors | Global Reach

Chapter two

DAU’s Learning Assets

Performance Learning Model | Training and Continuous Learning Courses | Mission 

Assistance | Knowledge Sharing | Other Services

Chapter three

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs

Workforce Management—Functional Leaders | Defense Acquisition Communities

Chapter four

Acquisition Workforce Management 

and Administration

Overview of Acquisition Workforce Career Management | Course Registration Information 

Procedures by Service | Administrative Information

Appendix A

Training Courses

Appendix B

Continuous Learning

Appendix C

Targeted Training

Contents

Introduction

University

Learning Assets

Communities

Administration

Appendices
8
The Defense Acquisition University 9

p. 8 Message from the President 

p. 10 What’s New in DAU and the 

Defense Acquisition Community 

p. 15 Where to Find Information

Introduction
10

As the global learning center for the Defense Acquisition Workforce, the Defense Acquisition 

University provides the knowledge you need to perform your job in ensuring our nation’s warfighters 

are the best-equipped armed forces in the world. This catalog contains a convenient summary of 

DAU ’s learning assets, which reach you in the classroom, online, and in your workplace, whenever 

and wherever you need them.

Appendix A of this catalog provides a list of the numerous courses that are offered at our five 

regional locations, on-site at your organization, or as online offerings. These courses can be used to

support your certification efforts in one of the 12 acquisition career fields. But at DAU, we recognize

that learning does not end in the classroom. In Appendix B, you’ll find a list of continuous learning 

modules that can be used to supplement your classroom training and further your professional 

career. In addition, DAU ’s faculty members are keenly attuned to the latest changes in acquisition 

policy and practices, and they are ready to implement rapid-deployment training within hours of the 

release of new policy. Appendix C discusses some of our currently offered targeted training courses.

DAU connects you with a wide array of online knowledge-sharing assets, such as the Defense 

Acquisition Portal, the Acquisition Community Connection, ACQ uipedia, and the Best Practices 

Clearinghouse. The university also conducts interactive team training exercises at program startup 

and other major program milestones. Training courses, continuous learning modules, knowledge 

sharing assets, communities of practice, research, mission assistance, and consulting are just some 

examples of the services DAU delivers to the Defense Acquisition Workforce.

Our faculty and staff are totally dedicated to your success as an acquisition professional, and I

encourage you to take advantage of our learning assets to enhance your development and to help 

your organization achieve mission success.

James S. McMichael

Acting President

Defense Acquisition University 

DEFENSE ACQUISITION UNIVERSITY 9820 BELVOIR ROAD

FORT BELVOIR , VIRGINIA 22060-5565

Message from the President
11
12

DAU Graduates its 1 Millionth 

Student

The Defense Acquisition University recognized its 1

millionth graduate in a ceremony held Nov. 20, 2009, at 

the Fort Belvoir campus. Wilfred Cruz-Camacho, team

leader for the U.S. Munitions Team at the Armaments 

Research, Development and Engineering Center, 

Picatinny, NJ, completed DAU ’s Program Management 

Tools (PMT 250) course, making him the 1 millionth 

graduate of a DAU certification course. 

DAU Revamps Defense Acquisition 

Guidebook Website

The Defense Acquisition Guidebook (DAG ) website, located 

at https://dag.dau.mil, has been redesigned to provide the 

Defense Acquisition Workforce and its industry partners 

with a more effective, user-friendly capability to instantly 

access best business practices, supporting policies, and 

lessons learned. 

The revised DAG website includes a number of new tools 

that link to valuable sources of acquisition information, 

including the guidance needed to implement the 

acquisition policy changes in DoD Instruction 5000.02 

and information on implementing policies related to the 

Weapon Systems Acquisition Reform Act of 2009. Other 

DAG features include:

+ A revised online presentation that improves readability 

and eases navigation, as users no longer need to 

view each individual paragraph separately.

+ An improved search feature that provides more precise 

search results and allows the user to search within the 

initial results. 

+ A redesigned Integrated Defense Acquisition, 

Technology and Logistics Life Cycle Management 

Chart view that allows the user to quickly determine the 

information requirements for each decision event and 

program type. 

+ A Defense Acquisition Portal Quick Links feature that 

places a wide array of tools at the user’s fingertips. 

+ More timely updates. As new statutes, policies, and 

direction are introduced, appropriate DAG content 

changes can be made quickly, providing users more 

up-to-date content. 

Feedback is welcome and can be sent to 

guidebook@dau.mil.
What’s New in DAU and the Defense Acquisition Community 13

New Program Managers 

e-Tool Kit

The new Program Managers e-Tool Kit, available 

at https://pmtoolkit.dau.mil, provides the program 

management community with the resources of the 

popular print Tool Kit version available in a dynamic 

format. It features continual content updates, live policy 

links and links to informative ACQ uipedia articles and 

related communities of practice. 

When you visit the e-Tool Kit, you’ll encounter a table 

of contents listing all information in the handbook, and 

clicking on a topic will send you directly to that page in 

the handbook. Table of contents topics are available in 

the left-hand menu, and you can also use clearly labeled 

navigation buttons to view each individual page in the 

handbook. 

Future e-Tool Kit developments will include tools to make 

policy, guidelines, and document flows more readily 

available and understandable.

DAU South Ribbon Cutting Ceremony

DAU South celebrated the opening of its new facility 

with a ribbon-cutting ceremony Feb. 16, 2010. The new 

facility enhances DAU ’s ability to meet the increased 

training requirements of the growing Defense Acquisition 

Workforce. Located just outside Gate 9 at Redstone 

Arsenal, the building is in a prime location to support the 

Army’s largest buying organization.

New Advanced Contingency 

Contracting Officer Course

The Advanced Contingency Contracting Officer Course 

(CON 334) was deployed in January 2010. CON

334, developed by subject matter experts at DAU , 

addresses contingency contracting gaps identified 

by the Gansler Commission, including sustainment 

contracting, major source selection, cost and price 

analysis, and reconstruction. It will provide just-in-time 

training to senior-level contracting personnel deploying 

to management positions, ensuring they are prepared 

for the uncertainties they will confront in a contingency 

environment.
14

DAU Website

The DAU website has been redesigned to serve you 

better. As more technologies have been inserted into our 

learning assets, we wanted the same to be reflected in 

our Web presence. 

The site has been enhanced with user-friendly features, 

additional technology, and less redundancy. Now, a 

tab-organized, icon-driven site incorporates many Web

2.0 technologies and a new design that provides a clean, 

updated page without sacrificing ready access to all the 

information you, our customers, need.

Listed below are some of the features and technologies of 

the new DAU site:

+ The DAU Ticker: centered on the homepage, the Ticker 

provides important up-to-date news and allows you to 

subscribe via an RSS feed, so you can receive alerts on 

new postings. 

+ Using the Career Field Gateways, you can navigate 

directly to the career field of interest to you. 

+ You can browse all DAU course material directly without 

charge or having to log in as a registered student. 

Simply select “Student Course Material” in the “CareerLong Learning” box.

+ A real-time interactive quick-look calendar gives you 

fast access to DAU events.

+ If you’re considering a career change, the “Careers at 

DAU” page gives you the option to apply directly 

to a DAU position right on the website.

+ An updated look at the DAU regional campus location 

pages is designed with the student visitor in mind. The 

“Locations” pages offer information directly related to 

specific DAU locations, and include information on area 

hotels, eating establishments, interactive maps, and 

imbedded Google Maps directly to DAU facilities.

The DAU Web team recognizes that redesigning the site

is an iterative process. Our work continues to make this 

a best-in-class site that is consistent with DAU ’s image, 

and we welcome your feedback. Use the “Contact Us” 

link in the lower left quadrant of the screen to contact our 

Webmaster.
15

www.dau.mil
16

Services Acquisition Mall Launched

On Jan. 15, 2010, DAU launched the Services Acquisition 

Mall, or SAM, at https://sam.dau.mil. SAM is a new 

initiative to provide training and knowledge sharing 

for the acquisition community involved in services 

acquisition. SAM uses a seven-step services acquisition 

process. It contains functional information based on 

broad service categories depicted by the stores in the 

mall. SAM 1.0 is the initial step in developing tools, 

training, and functional knowledge available through 

the net. DAU ’s goal is to include sample performance 

objectives and standards for various types of services 

that will provide acquisition teams with a good start 

in developing effective performance work statement 

requirements. Additional functional content and training 

will be deployed as it is developed.

Introducing Conclave

Conclave is DAU ’s program to assist defense acquisition 

program teams through the use of computer simulated 

experiences. With a focus on individual and team 

performance, critical points in the acquisition life cycle, 

and critical skills, Conclave is developing tools and 

scenarios designed to help program teams become even 

better.

Conclave’s Intact Team Trainer helps program teams 

experience issues and tasks critical to the life cycle. 

Teams enter an immersive virtual environment and are 

challenged by team- and task-based scenarios that focus 

on real-life program experiences. With a focus on critical 

thinking and skills rehearsal, teams can choose scenarios 

based on the request for proposal and source selection 

process, integrated baseline review, or a “day in the life” 

team experience geared towards seasoned practitioners.

Conclave’s Acquisition Challenge requires teams to 

apply their risk handling, decision making, and strategic 

planning skills to the development of a system from 

concept to production. With every decision impacting 

their program’s potential for success, teams quickly gain 

an appreciation for the informed, coordinated effort 

necessary to bring a system to fruition.

New tools and scenarios continue to be developed. For 

the latest news or to set up a simulation for your program, 

visit conclave.dau.mil.
Where to Find Information 17

Your primary source for the 

latest information on courses and 

certification:

http://icatalog.dau.mil/

American Council on Education 

(ACE) Information

When you click on a course description in the iCatalog, 

you’ll go to a course concept card (information) that will 

provide ACE -recommended college credits. Alternatively, 

you can go to http://www.militaryguides.acenet.edu/

CourseSearch.asp to find ACE information.

DAU Equivalency Program

Go to http://icatalog.dau.mil/appg.aspx for a complete 

listing of currently acceptable equivalencies (those 

acceptable for current training requirements) and 

former equivalencies.

DAU Fulfillment Program

DAU provides Defense Acquisition Workforce members 

the opportunity to complete course prerequisite and 

program core and functional training requirements 

through its Fulfillment Program. The program permits 

the assessment of a workforce member’s demonstrated 

competencies (capabilities acquired through previous 

training, education, and/or experience) against the 

learning outcomes/objectives of select DAU courses. Go 

to http://icatalog.dau.mil/DAUFulfillmentPgm.aspx for more 

information about the Fulfillment Program.
18

Chapter 1
The Defense Acquisition University 19

p. 20 Our Work 

p. 20 Our Accreditation 

p. 20 Our History 

p. 20 Our Organization 

p. 22 Our Faculty and Staff 

p. 23 Our Facilities 

p. 24 DAU Leadership 

p. 25 DAU Board of Visitors 

p. 27 Global Reach

Chapter 

One
20

institutions, professional organizations, corporations,

and government agencies to provide professional 

development, equivalencies, academic credit toward 

degree programs, as well as certificates for DAU courses. 

Our Organization

The university’s leaders are committed to ensuring DAU

provides the best learning capabilities to those who use 

the university’s learning resources.

The DAU president is the chief executive officer of 

the university and directs the acquisition education, 

training, mission assistance, and research activities of the 

university. The DAU vice president is responsible for the 

operations and execution of the university’s mission. 

The DAU chief of staff coordinates the university’s 

strategic planning process, human resources 

management, professional development, logistics, and 

other support services.

The Planning, Policy, and Leadership Support Office 

is responsible for strategic planning, accreditation, 

customer relationship management, corporate 

communications, outreach and communications 

efforts, the strategic partnership program, enterprise 

performance management, and faculty policy.

The Performance and Resource Management Directorate 

is responsible for business oversight and financial 

management of DAU ’s resources relating to its program 

and operations, including all resource aspects of DoD’s 

planning, programming, budgeting, and execution 

process.

DAU ’s regional deans oversee the day-to-day functions 

of their respective area of responsibility, ensuring that the 

DAU regions properly support professional development 

and the DAU partnership/acquisition-related events in 

the area. The Defense Systems Management College–

School of Program Managers provides executive-level 

and international acquisition management training, 

consulting, and research.

The Learning Capabilities Integration Center is 

responsible for learning asset management in support of 

the Acquisition, Technology and Logistics Performance 

Our Work

The Defense Acquisition University (DAU ) is the 

one institution that touches nearly every member of 

the Defense Acquisition Workforce throughout all 

professional career stages. The university provides a full 

range of basic, intermediate, and advanced certification 

training; assignment-specific training; mission assistance; 

job-relevant applied research; and continuous learning 

opportunities. The university also fosters professional 

development through consulting efforts, rapiddeployment training on emerging acquisition initiatives, 

online knowledge-sharing tools, and continuous learning 

modules. 

Our Accreditation

The Defense Acquisition 

University is accredited by the 

Commission of the Council on 

Occupational Education. 

DAU selected the Council on Occupational Education 

(COE) as its accrediting body because the standards 

and criteria established by COE correspond with the 

university’s training certification mission and the broader 

view of learning and development. DAU was first 

awarded accreditation in 2003 and was reaffirmed in 

2008.

Our History

The Defense Acquisition Workforce Improvement Act 

(DAWIA), Public Law 101-510, Title 10 U.S.C.1, of the 

Fiscal Year 1991 National Defense Authorization Act was

enacted to improve the effectiveness of the personnel 

who manage and implement defense acquisition 

programs. The act required the creation of the Defense 

Acquisition University, and per DoD Directive 5000.57, 

the university was to provide for “the professional 

educational development and training of the acquisition 

workforce and perform research and publication 

capabilities in the area of acquisition.” 

Since the university’s founding, it has expanded to five 

regional locations throughout the United States, allowing 

the university to provide local training to the Defense 

Acquisition Workforce—training at the point of need. 

DAU has also strategically partnered with academic 
About the Defense Acquisition University 21
22

Learning Model, which consists of training, continuous 

learning, mission assistance, and knowledge sharing.

The Global Learning and Technology Center is 

responsible for the technology support of DAU distance 

learning products and services, continuous learning 

modules, and knowledge-sharing platforms.

The David D. Acker Library and Knowledge Repository 

supports university research by providing the latest 

virtual learning and research opportunities afforded by 

technology to DAU students and alumni. The library also 

has an extensive collection of books, periodicals, and 

other research materials available to patrons.

The Operations Support Group provides public affairs, 

protocol, human resources, administrative and logistical 

services, publications, student services, and information 

systems support to all of DAU .

The Human Capital Management Advisor provides 

guidance to the DAU president on how to evaluate, 

design, and deploy human capital resources and 

processes.

The Pentagon liaison serves as a link between DAU and 

all elements of DoD senior staff. The liaison establishes, 

monitors, and closes out action items from DoD.

Co-located with DAU are:

The Director, AT&L Human Capital Initiatives, who 

performs Defense Acquisition Workforce strategic 

analysis, and human capital planning for the Office of the 

Under Secretary of Defense for Acquisition, Technology 

and Logistics.

The Director, Acquisition Career Management 

(DAC M) for the Defense Agencies (4th Estate), assists 

in managing the accession, training, education, and 

career development of the DoD components outside 

the military departments. The office also collaborates 

with the Service DAC Ms in matters relative to Defense 

Acquisition Workforce education, training, and career 

development.

The Federal Acquisition Institute (FAI ), established in 

1976 under the Office of Federal Procurement Policy 

Act, facilitates and promotes career development and 

strategic human capital management for the acquisition 

workforce. In conjunction with its partners, FAI seeks 

to ensure availability of exceptional training, provide 

compelling research, promote professionalism, and 

improve acquisition workforce management.

Our Faculty and Staff

DAU’s faculty members have extensive experience in 

acquisition as well as the ability to communicate their 

knowledge in the classroom, online, and in the workplace 

during consulting efforts. Faculty members are expert 

practitioners who can draw upon real-world experience 

to relate to students in the classroom and online, and 

develop training products that are directly applicable 

to the current challenges students face. Many faculty 

members are drawn to DAU following high-impact 

careers in the military, defense industry, and the civil 

service because they are seeking an opportunity to share 

their experiences, to truly make a difference in the lives of 

the members of the Defense Acquisition Workforce, and 

to support the vitally important mission of DoD. 

DAU ’s staff members provide the support necessary 

to keeping the university running efficiently, 

including operating and maintaining the university’s 

automation networks; and providing audio, video, and 

telecommunications in support of classes and DAU /

acquisition events. DAU ’s staff also provide services 

such as public affairs, protocol, human resources, 

administrative and logistical services, publications 

management and graphic design, student services, 

and information systems support to all of DAU . The 

university’s staff are highly skilled at the support they 

provide the university, and they are essential to ensuring 

each student receives a positive experience at DAU .
23

Our Facilities

DAU’s facilities reflect the university’s commitment to 

providing a comprehensive learning environment. The 

university’s capabilities include:

+ 87 classrooms located throughout the university’s five 

regional sites.

+ More than 150 breakout rooms that can be used for 

small group discussions during classes.

+ More than 2,000 laptops available for classrooms to 

allow each student his or her own computer.

+ TelePresence sites, allowing professors to remotely 

connect to classes and students.

+ TriZenter presentation capabilities, allowing instructors 

to use three presentation screens simultaneously, thus 

better illustrating acquisition concepts and practices. 

+ A 390-seat main conference center.

+ Numerous small conference rooms, seating 25-100 

people.

+ Wireless hotspots that allow students to go online 

during class breaks.

The university has seen an unprecedented growth in 

the number of acquisition students it serves, and in 

response, DAU has increased its number of classrooms 

and continues to grow. Additionally, the university has 

established a teaching and learning lab, which will allow 

professors to test out new technologies that will aid in the 

delivery of course materials.

About the Defense Acquisition University
24

Dr. James McMichael

Acting President

Mr. Joseph Johnson 

Chief of Staff and

Acting Director, Planning, Policy, 

and Leadership Support

Mr. Tim Shannon

Director, Learning Capabilities 

Integration Center

Rear Adm. Lenn 

Vincent, USN (Ret.) 

Industry Chair

Mr. Mark Whiteside

Director, Performance and 

Resource Management

Mr. Dave Scibetta 

Director, Operations Support 

Group

Ms. Meg Hogan-Roy 

Human Capital Management 

Advisor

Mr. Richard 

Hoeferkamp

Pentagon Liaison

Dr. Chris Hardy

Director, Global Learning and 

Technology Center

Ms. Barbara Smith 

Dean, Mid-Atlantic Region

Mr. Travis Stewart

Dean, Midwest Region

Mr. Andy Zaleski 

Dean, West Region

Dr. Roy Wood 

Dean, DSMC- School of Program 

Managers

Mr. Robert Daugherty 

Dean, Capital and Northeast 

Region

Mr. James L. 

McCullough II

Dean, South Region

Dr. Craig Lush

Director, Library and Knowledge 

Repository

DAU Leadership
25

DAU Board of Visitors

Since its inception as an academic institution, DAU has received guidance from the DAU Board of 

Visitors. The Board of Visitors consists of individuals selected for their preeminence in academia, 

business, and industry. The members advise the Under Secretary of Defense for Acquisition, 

Technology and Logistics and the DAU president on matters such as the university’s organizational

management, curricula, methods of instruction, and facilities. All Board of Visitors members, past and 

present, have been invaluable to the foresight, planning, and progress of DAU as an institution.

Gen. Bernard Randolph, 

USAF (Ret.) 

Consultant

Mr. Carl Salzano 

VP, Acquisition, Booz Allen 

Hamiltion

Mr. Curtis Gray

Senior VP, Human Resources, 

BAE SYSTEMS

Mr. Norman B. 

Kamikow 

President and Editor in Chief, 

MediaTec Publishing, Inc.

Ms. Susan Coté 

VP of Corporate Contracts, 

Pricing and Supply Chain, 

Northrop Grumman Corporation

Mr. Michael Joyce 

Senior VP of Operations 

and Program Management, 

Lockheed Martin

RDML Michael Sharp, 

USN (Ret.) 

Director, Maritime Advanced 

Technology, Raytheon Company

RADM Lenn Vincent, 

USN (Ret.) 

Industry Advisor, National 

Defense Industrial Association

Mr. John C. Wilson, Jr. 

President, BizDynamics, LLC

GEN William G.T. 

Tuttle, Jr., USA (Ret.) 

Chairperson

Ms. Karen Barley

President, Corporate University 

Enterprise, Inc.

Gen. Ronald W. Yates,

USAF (Ret.)

Consultant

About the Defense Acquisition University
26

The DAU West Region is the primary acquisition learning 

location for professionals located in the Pacific Rim. The 

headquarters of DAU West Region is strategically located 

in San Diego to support a large contingent of the Defense 

Acquisition Workforce. From an ideal location on the 

Pacific Rim, San Diego is the anchor for a region poised 

for success in an era of growing needs for acquisition 

learning. The region also has satellite locations in 

Colorado Springs, CO; Los Angeles, CA; Port Hueneme, 

CA; and Pearl Harbor, HI.

The region’s primary customers are Navy Region 

Southwest, the Space and Naval Warfare Center, Naval 

Base Ventura County, and Los Angeles Air Force Base.

DAU has numerous partnerships with colleges and 

organizations in the DAU West Region. A listing of all

DAU partnerships can be found at http://www.dau.mil/

aboutdau/pages/partnerships.aspx.

LOCATIONS

DAU West Region

San Diego, CA

33000 Nixie Way, Bldg. 50,

Suite 345

San Diego, CA 92147-5117

619-524-4814, DSN 524

Fax: 619-524-4794

Training Centers:

Colorado Springs, CO

7150 Campus Drive

Colorado Springs, CO 80920

719-593-8794, ext 342

Los Angeles, CA

222 N. Sepulveda Boulevard 

Suite 1220

El Segundo, CA 90245

310-606-5914

Port Hueneme, CA

3502 Goodspeed Street

Bldg. 1444, Suite 5

Port Hueneme, CA 93043-4425

805-982-2151, DSN 551

Fax: 805-982-4843

Pearl Harbor, HI

Ford Island 

Bldg. 39, Room 106

239 Lexington Boulevard

Pearl Harbor, HI 96860

808-472-1937

DAU West Region

http://www.dau.mil/sites/locations/w/default.aspx
Global Reach 27

San Diego, California

HAVE QUESTIONS? CONTACT dauwest@dau.mil
28

The DAU Midwest Region campus is located in Kettering, 

OH, just south of Wright-Patterson Air Force Base near 

the city of Dayton. There are three satellite campuses 

within the region, located in Columbus, OH; Rock Island, 

IL; and Sterling Heights, MI. 

The DAU Midwest Region faculty and staff members 

focus on teaching, research, and mission assistance 

(targeted training, consulting, and partnering with 

agencies). Their agenda includes working with 

organizations within the region and staying current

on major issues and needs of the Defense Acquisition 

Workforce. 

Highly knowledgeable and experienced faculty 

members teach resident Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Improvement Act certification classes in various 

functional disciplines at the Kettering and satellite 

campuses; as needed at DAU regional campuses 

nationwide; and at customer sites across the United 

States and worldwide when required. Additionally, the 

region’s faculty support distance learning courses taught 

over the Internet.

Responsible for mission assistance (consulting and other 

non-certification training) for the Defense Acquisition 

Workforce within the entire U.S. midwest area, the DAU

Midwest Region serves multiple Department of Defense 

and other federal organizations. DAU has numerous

partnerships with colleges and organizations in the DAU

Midwest Region. A listing of all DAU partnerships can be 

found at http://www.dau.mil/aboutdau/pages/partnerships.

aspx.

LOCATIONS

DAU Midwest Region

Kettering, OH

3100 Research Boulevard 

Pod 3, 3rd Floor

Kettering, OH 45420

937-781-1025

Fax: 937-781-1026

Training Centers:

Columbus, OH

Bldg. 10, Section 10

3990 E. Broad Street

Columbus, OH 43216

614-692-1559, DSN 850

Fax: 614-692-1552

Sterling Heights, MI 

38219 Mound Road, 2nd Floor

Sterling Heights, MI 48310

586-276-2167

Fax: 586-276-0069

Rock Island, IL

Bldg. 56, 2nd Floor, Room 222

1 Rock Island Arsenal

Rock Island, IL 61299-7640

309-782-0454, DSN 793

Fax: 309-782-0518

DAU Midwest

http://www.dau.mil/sites/locations/mw/default.aspx
Global Reach 29

Kettering, Ohio

HAVE QUESTIONS? CONTACT daumidwest@dau.mil
30

With its headquarters in the dynamic community of 

Huntsville, AL, DAU South Region is now in its eighth 

year of operation. In that time, DAU South has supported 

the goals and objectives of the Defense Acquisition 

Workforce by providing products and services to the 

acquisition community at the point of need. The faculty 

and staff members of the DAU South Region provide 

teaching, research, and mission assistance (targeted 

training, consulting, and partnering with agencies). 

They focus on working with their customers and staying 

current on major issues and needs of the acquisition 

workforce throughout the region. 

The region recently opened a facility of approximately 

68,000 square feet and state-of-the-art equipment in 

Huntsville. DAU South can accommodate a diversity 

of student needs, providing classrooms furnished to 

enhance the overall learning experience and with an 

extensive e-Learning set of capabilities. The building 

also offers a fitness center, convenient parking, and 

convenient access to nearby shopping, a wide variety of 

dining facilities, and hotel accommodations. 

In addition to its Huntsville campus, DAU South has 

three satellite facilities to further facilitate the needs of its 

customers, located at Eglin Air Force Base, FL; MacDill 

Air Force Base, FL, and Robins Air Force Base, GA.

DAU has numerous partnerships with colleges and 

organizations in the DAU South Region. A listing of all

DAU partnerships can be found at http://www.dau.mil/

aboutdau/pages/partnerships.aspx.

LOCATIONS

DAU South Region

Huntsville, AL

7115 Old Madison Pike 

Huntsville, AL 35806

256-922-8020

Training Centers:

Eglin AFB, FL

AAC/EN

102 West D Avenue, 1st Floor

Eglin AFB, FL 32542-6807

850-882-8785

Fax: 850-883-3085

MacDill AFB, FL

Special Operations Command

ATTN: SOAL-M

7701 Tampa Point Boulevard

MacDill AFB, FL 33621

813-826-9426

Fax: 813-826-9434

Warner Robins, GA

WRLC/PKP

235 Byron Street

Bldg. 300, West Wing 

Door 23A

Robins AFB, GA 31098

478-222-1508, DSN 468

Fax: 478-327-4829 

DAU South Region

http://www.dau.mil/sites/locations/s/default.aspx
Global Reach 31

Huntsville, Alabama

HAVE QUESTIONS? CONTACT dausouth@dau.mil
32

DAU Mid-Atlantic Region is strategically located in the 

town of California, MD, just 7 minutes away from nearby 

Patuxent River Naval Air Station. The California, MD, site 

offers a state-of-the-art training facility, located among a 

large and growing Defense Acquisition Workforce. The 

Mid-Atlantic Region also has three additional training site 

locations: Chester, VA; Norfolk, VA; and Kaiserslautern, 

Germany. 

The Mid-Atlantic Region’s employees serve a Defense 

Acquisition Workforce of approximately 23,000 

members. 

The region’s largest customers are Naval Air Systems 

Command, the Defense Commissary Agency, Langley Air 

Force Base, U.S. Army Training and Doctrine Command, 

Joint Forces Command, U.S. Army Europe, U.S. Air 

Forces in Europe, and the Naval Surface Warfare Center 

Dahlgren. 

In addition, the Mid-Atlantic Region has learning 

organization agreements with the Navy Test Pilot School

and the Marine Aviation Detachment. 

DAU has numerous partnerships with colleges and 

organizations in the DAU Mid-Atlantic Region. A listing

of all DAU partnerships can be found http://www.dau.mil/

aboutdau/pages/partnerships.aspx.

LOCATIONS

DAU Mid-Atlantic Region

California, MD

23330 Cottonwood Parkway

Suite 200

California, MD 20619

240-895-7344

Fax: 240-895-7333

Training Centers:

Pax River, MD

23330 Cottonwood Parkway

Suite 200

California, MD 20619

240-895-7323

Fax: 240-895-7333

Chester, VA

3600 Festival Park Plaza

Chester, VA 23831

804-425-2946

Fax: 804-425-2947

Norfolk, VA

1968 Gilbert Street, Suite 660

Norfolk, VA 23511

757-443-2350

DSN 564

Fax: 757-443-2343 

Kaiserslautern, Germany

Bldg. 164, Room 114

Rhine Ordnance Barracks

67663 Kaiserslautern, Germany

(49) 631-536-6332

Fax: (49) 631-536-7056, 

 (49) 631-536-8507

DAU Mid-Atlantic Region

http://www.dau.mil/sites/locations/ma/default.aspx
Global Reach 33

California, Maryland

HAVE QUESTIONS? CONTACT daumidatlantic@dau.mil
34

The DAU Capital and Northeast Region provides 

acquisition training and mission assistance services 

to customers both internationally and regionally. The 

regional area covers the states of Maine, Vermont, New 

Hampshire, Connecticut, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, 

New York, Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Delaware, parts 

of Maryland, and in Virginia north of the Rappahannock 

River, including the District of Columbia. Due to its 

location in the nation’s capital area, the region has a 

multitude of key customers, including the Army, Navy, 

Air Force, Marines, and defense agencies along with 

numerous federal agencies.

The DAU Capital and Northeast Region campus is 

co-located with DAU Headquarters at Fort Belvoir, 

VA. The post provides a full array of services such as a 

commissary, a post exchange, library, a fitness facility, 

and other services. The DAU Capital and Northeast 

campus itself provides fitness facilities, a library, and a 

cafeteria. Student parking is conveniently located nearby. 

The area surrounding the post offers a wide variety of 

dining establishments and hotel accommodations.

DAU has numerous partnerships with colleges and 

organizations in the DAU Capital and Northeast Region.

A listing of all DAU partnerships can be found at 

http://www.dau.mil/aboutdau/pages/partnerships.aspx.

LOCATIONS

DAU Capital and Northeast 

Region 

Fort Belvoir, VA

9820 Belvoir Road

Fort Belvoir, VA 22060-5565

703-805-2764, DSN 655

Fax: 703-805-2877

Aberdeen Proving Ground

Edgewood Area, Bldg. E5027

5027 Black Hawk Road

Aberdeen Proving Ground, 

MD 21010

410-436-7257 Director’s Office

410-436-5761 Coordinator’s Office

410-436-6041 Fax

Hanscom Education and 

Training Center

29 Chennault Street, Bldg. 1728

Hanscom AFB, MA 01731

781-377-3583

Fax: 781-377-8577

Defense Supply Center 

- Philadelphia

700 Robbins Avenue, Bldg. 5

Philadelphia, PA 19111-5092

215-737-0409

DAU Capital and Northeast Region

http://www.dau.mil/sites/locations/cne/default.aspx 
Global Reach 35

Fort Belvoir, Virginia 

HAVE QUESTIONS? CONTACT daucne@dau.mil
36

Co-located with DAU Headquarters at Fort Belvoir, VA, 

the Defense Systems Management College (DSMC)—

School of Program Managers is chartered to provide 

executive-level and international acquisition management 

training, consulting, and research.

A core faculty of former DoD and industry program 

managers and other senior acquisition practitioners, 

manage a dynamic curricula and mentors course 

participants both during and after their DSMC residency. 

Executive-level courses are tailored to the responsibilities 

and needs of diverse leadership positions in the DoD and 

related industry partners. International offerings include 

courses and seminars that promote excellence in the 

structuring, negotiation, and execution of international 

programs.

LOCATION

DSMC—School of Program

Managers

Fort Belvoir, VA

9820 Belvoir Road

Fort Belvoir, VA 22060-5565

703-805-2436, DSN 655

Fax: 703-805-3201

DSMC-School of Program Managers

http://www.dau.mil/sites/locations/dsmc/default.aspx
Global Reach 37

Fort Belvoir, Virginia

HAVE QUESTIONS? CONTACT dsmcspm@dau.mil
38
DAU’s Learning Assets 39

p. 40 The Performance Learning Model 

p. 40 Training and Continuous Learning 

Courses 

p. 40 Mission Assistance 

p. 42 Knowledge Sharing 

p. 45 Other Services

Chapter 

Two
40

The Performance Learning Model

The Acquisition, Technology, and Logistics (AT&L) 

Performance Learning Model (PLM) is a visual 

representation of how the Defense Acquisition University 

(DAU ) fulfills its mission in providing practitioner training, 

career management, and mission assistance services to 

enable the Defense Acquisition Workforce to make smart 

business decisions and deliver timely and affordable 

capabilities to the warfighter.

Three Pillars of Workforce Development

The PLM’s three pillars identify the primary types of 

acquisition training and development DAU provides to 

the acquisition professional—career development, job 

performance, and executive and leadership support. 

The pillars represent DAU ’s commitment to supporting 

the workforce throughout a professional’s career, from 

entry level to senior leadership. They also represent the 

university’s drive to ensure learning does not end in the 

classroom, and that acquisition professionals continue to 

develop their skills and knowledge while on the job.

Foundational Structure of Workforce Development

Underlying the foundation for the three pillars of training 

and development are DAU ’s services: training courses, 

knowledge sharing, continuous learning, and mission 

assistance. 

As the Defense Acquisition Workforce’s premier learning 

and development center, DAU aligns its training with 

the specific career field requirements as outlined by 

the Defense Acquisition Workforce Improvement Act 

(DAWIA). In addition, the university has taken innovative 

measures to ensure that learning and acquisition support 

are available beyond DAWIA certification, creating a 

total learning environment for career-long solutions at 

the point of need. The PLM depicts this versatile and 

encompassing learning environment; the overview that 

follows summarizes DAU’s numerous services

Training and Continuous Learning 

Courses

DAU delivers training courses in support of the DAWIA

requirements, allowing a member of the Defense 

Acquisition Workforce to be certified at Levels I, II, or 

III . The Directors, Acquisition Career Management 

(DACMs) for the Services and DoD agencies manage 

attendance at these courses. Normally, the DAC Ms give 

priority to Defense Acquisition Workforce members who 

are pursuing certification in an acquisition career field, 

but non-acquisition professionals can take courses as 

well. For updates to these course descriptions during the 

training year, consult the online version of the catalog at 

http://icatalog.dau.mil.

DAU also delivers online learning assets designed to help 

members of the Defense Acquisition Workforce continue 

to learn about vital acquisition topics for personal 

awareness. The DAU Continuous Learning Center (CLC ) 

provides those continuous learning modules. Links to 

modules from the Air Force Institute of Technology 

(AFIT ), the General Services Administration (GSA ), the 

Section 508 Initiative, and the Navy are also offered. 

Also, several easy-to-use online modules sponsored by 

Harvard ManageMentor® 10 provide information on 

topics fundamental to managerial success. These topics 

range from running an effective meeting or managing 

a project to negotiating skills. Information on these 

opportunities is available at http://www.dau.mil/clc. DAU

continually develops and adds new offerings to the CLC

site. To see what’s new, check the CLC website frequently.

Mission Assistance

Through its mission assistance efforts, DAU provides 

rapidly delivered expert resources and learning assets to 

the Defense Acquisition Workforce, providing the right 

people and the right products and services at the right 

time in response to requests for support.

Consulting Services are offered by DAU in most 

functional areas. Seasoned faculty members from all 

disciplines and regions can consult with government 

acquisition organizations and integrated product

teams on either a long- or a short-term basis. Faculty 

members have extensive acquisition program experience, 

education, and training to provide the right solutions 

at the right time to solve individual, field organization,

and agency acquisition problems. DAU applies systems 

thinking and other problem-solving methods to identify, 

evaluate, and develop timely and appropriate solutions 

to your acquisition and organizational challenges. In

addition, consulting and facilitation services are offered 

In fiscal year 2009, DAU offered 6,479,014 hours of training, 

resulting in 193,967 graduates.
41

in areas such as strategic planning, group consensus 

problem solving, and planning of all types.

DAU offers a Program Startup Workshop to facilitate 

better government and industry teaming after contract 

award on defense acquisition programs. The 3- to 5-day 

workshop is tailored to match the specific needs of 

each program and is conducted jointly with government 

and industry teams. Ideally held 2 to 4 weeks after 

contract award, the workshop provides training on 

essential startup activities and creates an environment of 

teamwork, communication, and trust. 

DAU also offers Group Consensus Problem Solving

to assist in group deliberation, collaborative decision 

making, and teamwork of all types. As an integral part 

of those processes, teams use networked computers to 

share information, develop plans, examine alternatives, 

and address complex problems. The university’s 

facilitated decision-making services use ThinkTank® 

electronic meeting software for strategic planning, 

problem solving, team building, brainstorming, and other 

facilitated interventions. ThinkTank® and other facilitation 

services can be provided at all DAU campuses using 

portable computers, or at your location using Webenabled computers.

Rapid-Deployment Training is a capability that DAU

established in response to the accelerated rate of change 

to acquisition policies, procedures, and best practices. By 

quickly focusing attention on high-value initiatives, DAU

is able to develop and deliver training to large numbers 

of the Defense Acquisition Workforce soon after an 

initiative is implemented and in parallel with changes 

Performance Learning Model
42

to our formal courses. Rapid-deployment training can 

be provided via multiple available media, including live 

webcasts, recorded video-on-demand and podcasts, 

classroom training, continuous learning modules, and 

local sessions. Experienced facilitators can be scheduled 

within days of release of new initiatives that affect the 

Defense Acquisition Workforce. Rapid-deployment 

training can be designed and tailored for government and 

industry customers at the direction of DoD officials. 

Targeted Training workshops and mini-courses are 

developed by DAU to meet specific, targeted needs of 

DoD acquisition organizations and program offices.

DAU faculty members continually meet with acquisition 

professionals and organizations to understand their

requirements; faculty can then tailor existing learning 

assets, such as DAWIA core courses, to meet the 

learning needs of the professionals or organizations.

See Appendix C for a list of targeted training courses 

currently available. 

Knowledge Sharing

Knowledge sharing—achieved by the blending of people, 

processes, and information technology—improves 

organizational performance through increased

efficiency, effectiveness, and innovation. As a corporate 

learning institution, DAU has been sharing knowledge 

in the classroom and through research and consulting 

activities, and supporting its customers’ learning and job 

support needs outside the formal classroom. Leveraging 

advanced portal and collaboration technologies, DAU

supports the Defense Acquisition Workforce at their 

point of need for informal learning and job performance 

support. The Defense Acquisition Workforce can take 

advantage of online resources and interactive venues 

that facilitate the sharing of documented knowledge, 

experiences, and lessons learned among individuals and 

organizations. DAU’s primary components of knowledge

sharing are the AT&L Knowledge Management System 

(AKMS)—composed of the Defense Acquisition Portal 

(DAP), the Acquisition Community Connection (ACC ), 

the DoD Acquisition Best Practices Clearinghouse 

(BPCh), the DoD Acquisition Encyclopedia (ACQ uipedia), 

and the ACQ uire search and discovery system—as well 

as the David D. Acker Library and Knowledge Repository. 

Users can view short videos and get additional details on 

all elements of the AKMS at https://acc.dau.mil/at&lkm.

Defense Acquisition Portal (DAP)

The DAP supersedes the Acquisition, Technology, 

and Logistics Knowledge Sharing System (AKSS) 

as the central repository for acquisition policy and 

reference materials. Where AKSS focused on “little A” 

processes—describing the documents and procedures 

required for a program or project manager to obtain 

the necessary approvals for proceeding successfully 

through milestones—the DAP expands the focus to “Big 

A” processes—describing all phases of the acquisition 

process, from requirements generation and budget 

development, through overall management of the 

acquisition process.

Using the DAP, the acquisition professional can quickly 

access necessary information to accomplish specific 

tasks directly related to program and project support. 

The DAP is organized as a series of pages under tabbed

labels, making it easy for the user to locate information. 

The DAP provides the Defense Acquisition Workforce 

with information on and links to:

+ The DAU Home page

+ The Defense Acquisition Guidebook

+ The Web-Enabled Integrated Defense 

Acquisition, Technology, and Logistics 

Life Cycle Management Chart

+ Ask A Professor (AAP) Program

+ FAR, DFARS, and other FAR supplements

+ Acquisition processes 

+ Defense Acquisition Policy Center

+ Education and professional development

+ Career management and DoD human capital 

initiatives

+ Community areas

+ Overview of industry’s role in DoD processes

+ Glossaries and acronyms

+ Software tools

+ News, publications, and events

+ AT&L websites

+ Guidebooks and handbooks

+ DAU video library

+ Rapid-deployment training

+ Forms
43

The DAP is currently in the first phase of a five-phase 

evolutionary development project. Future enhancements 

include additional Web capabilities, MyDAP 

personalization capability, exportable and selectable

Web parts and services, reduced sign-on and log-on for 

DAU - and Service-related portals, and additional RSS

services for notification of new and amended content. 

Users can access the DAP at https://dap.dau.mil.

Acquisition Community Connection (ACC)

The ACC is an online forum that includes communities 

of practice, special interest areas, and collaborative 

workspaces centered on acquisition-specific topics. ACC

is available to the Defense Acquisition Workforce 24/7 

to collaborate, share, and connect with one another in 

an online environment. Community members are able 

to interact and share lessons learned and experiences 

to support job performance, avoid the duplication 

of effort, and advance the connection of people and 

ideas. The ACC now includes a number of Web 2.0 

features to enhance collaboration, participation, and 

discovery, among them a robust personal networking 

feature and profile feature that integrates a Facebooklike functionality, tag clouds that give users the ability 

to add to a user-contributed discovery capability, and 

personal blogs; along with many other features to ensure 

that knowledge sharing continues to keep pace with 

the potential of evolving collaborative technologies. 

Communities play a central role in helping the workforce 

stay connected to expertise and in providing the tools, 

resources, and connections that help people improve 

performance; and the ACC software serves as the 

backbone for performance learning tools, such as 

ACQ uipedia at https://acquipedia.dau.mil, the Defense 

Acquisition Guidebook at https://dag.dau.mil, and the WebEnabled Integrated Defense Acquisition, Technology and 

Logistics Life Cycle Management Chart at https://ilc.dau.

mil. Users can access the ACC at https://acc.dau.mil.

Best Practices Clearinghouse (BPCh)

The BPCh is designed to help improve DoD’s systems 

acquisition processes by allowing users to select and 

implement proven acquisition, development, and 

systems engineering practices appropriate to their 

individual program needs. Rather than recreate or 

repost information, BPCh is designed to link to as many 

existing resources as possible that not only identify 

practices but explain how to implement them. BPCh 

Performance Learning Model
44

adopts an evidence-based approach in which supporting 

evidence and practices for programs undergo a system 

of recommendations and vetting by government, 

industrial, and academic members comprising a “practice 

providers network.” The value BPCh provides is that 

stored evidence is contextualized—guiding users to

lessons and practices relevant to their program, type of 

problem, or specific environment—which helps them 

learn from practical results that may be applied in their 

environment. Planned future improvements will bring 

additional integration between the BPCh and DAU ’s 

Multimedia Library, so video and audio assets can be 

used as supporting evidence more effectively. Users can 

access BPCh at https://bpch.dau.mil.

ACQuipedia

ACQ uipedia is an online encyclopedia of common 

defense acquisition topics and was developed as 

a collaborative project to create content around 

acquisition-related topics. ACQ uipedia provides the 

Defense Acquisition Workforce with quick access to 

information in a succinct and digestible format. Article 

content aggregates the most relevant references and 

learning assets to narrowly focus users and quickly 

provide high-value content. Each topic is identified as 

an article, and each article contains a definition; a brief 

narrative that provides context; and links to the most 

pertinent policy, guidance, tools, practices, and training 

on the subject. Articles are maintained as a shared effort 

of subject matter experts throughout DAU . Future growth 

may expand the collaboration of subject matter experts 

beyond DAU . ACQ uipedia articles will support the Webenabled Integrated Defense Acquisition, Technology, 

and Logistics Life Cycle Management Chart, community 

of practice libraries, and course material; and will 

significantly enhance search results in the next release of 

ACQ uire. Users can access ACQ uipedia at 

https://acquipedia.dau.mil.

In its first year, the DAP had 696,701 contact hours. 

The ACC had 540,270 contact hours in fiscal year 2009.
45

iTunes University

The first corporate university to appear on Apple’s iTunes 

University, DAU provides users with access to videos on 

a variety of topics for all Defense Acquisition Workforce 

career fields, and the university continues to add new 

videos. All content is free to the public, but you must 

first establish an account with iTunes and have iTunes 

installed on your computer. Once you’ve done this, you 

can access the videos by going to https://deimos.apple.

com/WebObjects/Core.woa/Browse/dau.mil or by opening 

iTunes, clicking on the iTunes Store link, clicking on the 

Universities & Colleges link, and looking for Defense 

Acquisition University. iTunesU Media can also be 

accessed via iTunes-enabled mobile devices such as the 

iPhone, iTouch, or iPad.

Library and Knowledge Repository

The David D. Acker Library and Knowledge Repository 

supports the university’s curricula and its defense 

acquisition research. Full borrowing privileges are 

available to current DAU students, and alumni may 

register for weekend borrowing privileges. The library 

participates in interlibrary loans through the Online 

Computer Library Center. The David D. Acker Library 

website, http://www.dau.mil/pubscats/Pages/Acker%20

Library.aspx, offers extensive online research capabilities 

for DAU students, including an online library catalog. 

The online catalog provides easy searches by author, 

title, subject terms, keywords, date, and format. If a 

publication is available on the Web, the online catalog will 

provide a link.

Other Services

Strategic Partnerships

DAU has established strategic partnerships with 

universities and colleges so that Defense Acquisition 

Workforce members can transfer DAU coursework 

toward college and university degrees and certificates. 

While each partnership is unique in what it offers, 

the objective of the partnership program is to provide 

workforce members with opportunities to maximize

academic accomplishments by receiving credit for DAU

courses toward a graduate, undergraduate, or certificate 

program offered by a strategic partner.

To help you find a program that suits your needs, DAU

has developed an interactive Web-based Strategic 

Program Managers e-Tool Kit

DAU has converted the popular Program Managers Tool 

Kit into a Web version that is easy to update with the 

latest information; and key text and diagrams now link 

directly to cited policy, related communities of practice, 

and comprehensive ACQ uipedia articles. When you 

visit the e-Tool Kit, you will encounter a table of contents 

listing all information in the handbook, and clicking on a 

topic will send you directly to that page in the handbook. 

Table of contents topics are available in the left-hand 

menu, and clearly labeled navigation buttons allow you 

to view each individual page in the handbook. Users 

can access the Program Managers e-Tool Kit at https://

pmtoolkit.dau.mil.

ACQuire Enterprise Search

ACQ uire is the enterprise search engine for DAU

educational and knowledge content. It allows users to 

select the information source—DAP, ACC , AAP, BPCh, 

the Defense Acquisition Guidebook, the DAU Home page, 

DAU continuous and distance learning modules, and 

ACQ uipedia—and search for exact terms, phrases, 

multiple terms, acronyms, or numerical references. The 

recently improved ACQ uire search engine has several 

features that are designed to enhance the user’s search 

and discovery experience. As you enter the search query, 

ACQ uire will offer suggested searches pulled from the 

DAU taxonomy, recent search history, and controlled 

vocabulary. The suggested search query will also be 

dynamically filtered based on your input. The results 

will be displayed with the best results presented first 

and faceted results that are pre-grouped into functional 

categories. Each of the categorized search results can be

selected and will display details as primary search result. 

Statistics showing the number of search results can be 

viewed in each category. 

Users seeking additional information outside of the 

AKMS suite also have the option of selecting from 

a variety of commercial search engines, which will 

automatically use the same search query terms. ACQ uire 

still maintains the search-within-search feature, allowing 

the user to refine the results based on additional search 

criteria and discriminators. Finally, ACQ uire integrates the 

search results with ACQ uipedia for pre-populated and 

matched terms and queries. Users can access ACQ uire at 

https://acquire.dau.mil.

Performance Learning Model
46

Partnership Database in which you can search for 

partners offering degree or certificate credits for DAU

classes. The database allows you to narrow your search 

by career field, geographic area, or type of program 

desired.

To search the Strategic Partnership Database or to view 

a comprehensive list of DAU ’s partners and links to their 

respective websites, visit http://www.dau.mil/aboutdau/

pages/partnerships.aspx. 

Excelerate

Through the Excelerate program, DAU has established 

agreements that allow Defense Acquisition Workforce 

members to obtain credit toward master’s degrees for 

Level II DAWIA certification. 

For a current list of partners participating in the 

Excelerate program, go to http://www.dau.mil/aboutdau/

aboutdocs/excelerate.aspx. 

Equivalency Program

DAU has partnered with other education and training 

providers that offer or desire to offer courses, programs 

of instruction, or assessment processes that are 

substantially similar to the learning outcomes addressed 

in specific DAU courses. Equivalency courses can be used 

in lieu of a DAU course when seeking certification in an 

acquisition career field.

For current and potential providers of equivalency 

courses, go to http://www.dau.mil/studentinfo/learning/

appg.aspx. 

Senior Service College Fellowship

The Senior Service College Fellowship (SSCF ) program 

at DAU conducts offerings in Huntsville, AL; Warren, 

MI; and Aberdeen Proving Ground, MD. This 10-month, 

in-resident leadership education program is a partnership 

between the Army and DAU designed to provide 

senior-level civilians equivalent training to their military 

counterparts in preparation for senior-level leadership 

responsibilities. 

Target Attendees: Civilians at the GS-14 or 15 level (or 

equivalent pay band) in all acquisition career fields who 

are members of the Army Acquisition Corps and seek to 

develop and apply leadership skills and competencies. 

Prerequisite(s): Level III certification in primary 

acquisition career field; commander’s letter of 

endorsement. 

Participants in this program are selected by a central 

selection board convened annually by the Army 

Acquisition Corps in Washington, DC. 

Upon completion of the program, participants will receive 

credit for SSCF attendance and credit for the Program 

Manager’s Course (PMT 401). This program also offers 

the opportunity to secure a master’s degree in leadership. 

The program contains the following core areas: 

leadership, mentoring, research, national speakers, 

university courses, national security module, PMT 401, 

tours, and a number of DAU classes related to leadership. 

The SSCF program assistance is funded by each Fellow’s 

sending command. The program is intense and provides 

time to think and reflect without the distractions of the 

typical government workplace.

Applied Research

The fundamental purpose of DAU ’s research program 

is to improve the DoD acquisition process and its 

management. The scope of applied research topics 

encompasses policy, process, education, management, 

leadership, and functional area initiatives generated by 

the Defense Acquisition Workforce.

Research projects are conducted by the DAU faculty in 

partnership with acquisition practitioners, universities, 

nonprofit organizations, and private industry. Utility is

determined by direct application of a viable product that 

supports DoD goals and priorities. Selected participants 

from within the Services, DAU strategic partners, and 

DAU faculty develop new and innovative concepts for 

systems acquisition.

Learn more about research products and join in research 

discussions in the Acquisition Research Community of 

Practice at http://acc.dau.mil (under Special Interest Areas, 

select Acquisition Research); or contact 

Dr. Larrie D. Ferreiro, Director of Research, at 

larrie.ferreiro@dau.mil.
47

DAU students and government employees can obtain 

a free single copy of any publication from the DAU

Publications Distribution Center in Bldg. 231, Room 9, at 

the DAU Capital and Northeast Region. To receive a free 

copy by mail, send your request to DAU , ATTN : 

Ms. Yudi Ramos, 9820 Belvoir Road, Suite 3, Fort Belvoir, 

VA 22060-5565; call 703-805-4923; or fax requests 

to 703-805-3726. If you do not qualify for a free single 

copy from the DAU Press or if you need multiple copies, 

you can buy copies directly from the DAU Publications 

Distribution Center by using an Inter-Agency/Military 

Interdepartmental Purchase Request or by writing a 

check payable to the U.S. Treasury.

Periodicals

To obtain a free subscription to Defense AT&L magazine

and/or the Defense Acquisition Review Journal, go to http://

www.dau.mil/pubscats/ATL%20Docs/subscribe_form.pdf. 

Download the subscription form, which is valid for both 

publications.

Subscription or address change requests can be mailed 

to Defense Acquisition University, ATTN : DAU Press, 

Suite 3, 9820 Belvoir Road, Fort Belvoir, VA 22060-5565. 

Requests can also be faxed to 703-805-2917, or e-mailed 

to subscriptions@dau.mil.

Publications

The DAU Press offers a wide range of publications to the 

Defense Acquisition Workforce. Current publications can 

be viewed at http://www.dau.mil/pubscats/default.aspx. 

Performance Learning Model
48
The Defense Acquisition Workforce Communities 49

and Programs

p. 50 Workforce Management—

Functional Leaders 

p. 52 Acquisition and Program 

 Management Functional 

Community 

p. 52 International Acquisition 

Functional Community

p. 58 Auditing Functional Community

p. 64 Business Functional Communities

p. 72 Contracting, Purchasing, and

Industrial/Contract Property 

Management Functional

Communities 

p. 88 Facilities Engineering Functional

Community 

p. 92 Information Technology Functional 

Community 

p. 96 Life Cycle Logistics Functional 

Community 

p. 104 Engineering and Technical

Management Functional 

Communities 

p. 122 Science and Technology Functional 

Community 

p. 126 Test and Evaluation Functional 

Community

Chapter 

Three

The certification standards published in 

this Catalog are in effect as of Sep. 1, 2010. 

Updates are posted in the DAU iCatalog at 

www.icatalog.dau.mil as they occur. Check 

the iCatalog for current information on 

certification standards and courses. 
50

Overview

The functional leaders are senior leaders who specialize in a functional area of acquisition, technology, and logistics. Requirements for career

fields may change as a result of new technologies, mission requirements, or servicemember needs; and it is the job of the functional leaders to 

ensure that their respective career fields maintain relevancy. Functional leaders are involved in chairing integrated product teams to address 

career development issues and to identify training, education, and experience requirements. The results from the integrated product teams 

help provide course relevance and direction of course content to curricula developers and course authors, as well as a rigorous, ongoing quality 

assessment of DAU course offerings.

An overview of each functional leader’s area of responsibility as well as the certification and core plus table for the functional area are provided 

on the following pages. All statistics are current as of May 17, 2010.

+ Acquisition & 

Program Management 

Mr. Dave Ahern 

Director, Portfolio Systems Acquisition, 

OASD(A)

+ Life Cycle Logistics 

Mr. Randy Fowler

Assistant Deputy Under Secretary of 

Defense (Materiel Readiness)

+ International Acquisition 

Mr. Alfred Volkman 

Director, International 

Cooperation, OUSD(AT&L)

+ Information Technology 

and Software Acquisition 

Management 

Ms. Joyce France

Director, DoD Chief Information Officer 

Management Services

+ Facilities Engineering 

Mr. James Dalton,

P.E. Chief, Engineering and 

Construction, U.S. Army Corps of 

Engineers

+ Contracting, Purchasing, 

and Industrial/Contract 

Property Management 

Mr. Shay Assad

Director, Defense Procurement and 

Acquisition Policy

+ Business 

Dr. Nancy L. Spruill

Director, Acquisition Resources and 

Analysis, OUSD(AT&L)

+ Auditing 

Mr. Patrick Fitzgerald

Director, Defense Contract 

Audit Agency

+ Science & Technology 

Dr. John Fischer

Director, Laboratory Office, ODDR&E

+ Engineering & 

Technical Management 

Mr. Stephen Welby

Director, Systems Engineering, ODDR&E

+ Test and Evaluation 

Mr. Edward Greer

Director, Developmental Test and 

Evaluation, ODDR&E

Workforce Management—Functional Leaders
51
52

+ Mr. Dave Ahern 

Director, Portfolio Systems 

Acquisition, OASD(A)

+ Mr. Alfred Volkman 

Director, International 

Cooperation, OUSD(AT&L)

Acquisition and Program 

Management Functional Community

Acquisition professionals in the Program Management 

career field are concerned with all of the functions of 

a program management office (PMO) or a program 

executive office (PEO). Program management 

professionals serve in a wide range of PMO and PEO

positions, including program integrators and analysts, 

program managers, PEOs, and their deputies. They may 

also serve in a number of support and management 

positions throughout the workforce. The fundamental 

responsibilities of the program manager are to balance 

the many factors that influence cost, schedule, and 

performance; to interpret and tailor application of the 

DoD 5000 Series regulations; and to ensure that highquality, affordable, supportable, and effective defense 

systems are delivered to the warfighter as quickly as 

possible.

Total Workforce Size: 14,047

Level I or higher: 74%

Level II or higher: 61%

Level III: 40%

International Acquisition Functional 

Community

International Acquisition is a new career path created 

by the Under Secretary of Defense for Acquisition, 

Technology and Logistics. Initial execution of the 

career path began in fiscal year 2009, aligning it with 

the Program Management career field. The initial 

alignment with Level III program managers will expand 

to include Level II program managers in fiscal year 2011. 

International Acquisition establishes a formal career 

path within the overall Program Management career 

field. Formalizing the career path systematically with the

personnel systems enables two important actions. First, 

specific manpower billets can be coded as international 

program management positions requiring individuals 

possessing both core and international acquisition 

qualifications to fill the respective positions. Second, 

the existing personnel management infrastructure 

will record each Defense Acquisition Workforce 

member’s achievement toward both core and core plus 

certifications. This information will ultimately provide 

visibility to senior management, enabling them to identify 

and select appropriately and internationally qualified 

persons to lead international programs.
53

Program Management Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Weapon Systems

•	 Participates in an Integrated Product Team (IPT) delivering a weapon system, Command and 

Control (C2)/network-centric system, or space system.

•	 Performs financial and status reporting, and basic logistics activities.

•	 Supports pre-award contract activities and workload planning and scheduling.

+ Services Assists in acquisition planning, assessing risk (technical, cost and schedule), and contract	

tracking and performance evaluation.

+ Business Management Systems/IT Participates in a business process IPT, fundamentals of enterprise integration, and outcomebased performance measures.

+ International Acquisition Participates in a variety of international-related programs/tasks, either cooperative or security	

assistance in nature.

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

+ Functional Training

•	 SYS 101 Fundamentals of Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering

•	 CLB 007 Cost Analysis

•	 CLB 016 Introduction to Earned Value Management

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience 1 year of acquisition experience

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Weapon 

Systems Services Business Mgmt/IT International Acq

BCF 103 Fundamentals of Business Financial Management + + +

CLC 011 Contracting for the Rest of Us + + +

CLE 025 Information Assurance (IA) for Acquisition Professionals + + + +

CLI 001 International Armaments Cooperation (IAC ), Part 1 +

CLI 002 International Armaments Cooperation (IAC ), Part 2 +

CLI 003 International Armaments Cooperation (IAC ), Part 3 +

CLL 008 Designing for Supportability in DoD Systems + +

CLL 011 Performance-Based Logistics + +

CLM 017 Risk Management + + +

CLM 029 Net-Ready Key Performance Parameter (NR-KPP) + +

IRM 101 Basic Information Systems Acquisition + + +

LOG 101 Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals + +

PQM 101 Production, Quality, and Manufacturing Fundamentals + +

SAM 101 Basic Software Acquisition Management + +

TST 102 Fundamentals of Test and Evaluation +

Education: Baccalaureate degree, preferably with a major in engineering, systems management, or business administration

Experie nce: 1 year of acquisition experience (in addition to core certification experience)

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development 

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

•“(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

•Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in 

the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section o f the CL course description and the course can be 

substituted to meet the certification standard. 
54

Program Management Level II

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Weapon Systems

•	 Structures and guides systems engineering activities.

•	 Establishes a risk/opportunity program; structures and conducts technical reviews.

•	 Works with contracting personnel.

•	 Maintains configuration control.

•	 Leads IPTs in support of developing and delivering a weapon system, C2

network-centric system, or space system.

+ Services

•	 Structures incentives tied to desired outcomes for service contracts, prepares	

plans for mitigating risks, provides contract tracking and oversight.

•	 Performs most acquisition planning tasks as established in Attachment1to	

AT&L Services Memo of Oct. 2, 2006.

+ Business Management Systems/IT

Leads IPTs, identifies and manages enterprise-level business systems and issues, and applies

performance measures within the acquisition community and program office context that

directly impact systems under development.

+ International Acquisition

Participates in successful cooperative development, production partnership, or system modification/transfer during pre-system acquisition or system acquisition with allied and friendly

nations, either cooperative or security assistance in nature.

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training •	 ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

•	 ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R)

+ Functional Training

•	 PMT 251 Program Management Tools Course, Part I

•	 PMT 256 Program Management Tools Course, Part II

• CON 110 Mission-Support Planning and either of the following completed on or

after Nov.15, 2005:

•	 SAM 101 Basic Software Acquisition Management or

•	 IRM 101 Basic Information Systems Acquisition

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience 2 years of acquisition experience; at least1 year of this experience must be in program

management

Unique Position Training Standards2

+ International Acquisition 

 (EFFECTIVE OCT. 1, 2010)

•	 PMT 202 Multinational Program Management (R) 

•	 PMT 203 International Security and Technology Transfer/Control (R) 

Core Plus Development Guide3

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Weapon 

Systems Services Business Mgmt/IT International Acq

ACQ 265 Mission-Focused Services Acquisition (R) + + +

ACQ 370 Acquisition Law (R) + + +

BCF 102 Fundamentals of Earned Value Management + + + +

BCF 215 Operating and Support Cost Analysis (R) +

CLE 004 Introduction to Lean Enterprise Concepts +

CLE 006 Enterprise Integration Overview +

CLE 022 Program Manager Introduction to Anti-Tamper + +

CLI 004 Information Exchange Program (IEP), DoD Generic Research, 

Development, Test, and Evaluation (RDT &E) + +

CLL 002 Defense Logistics Agency Support to the PM + + +

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 Workforce members assigned to these positions MUST met these training standard(s) within 24 months of assignment. 

3 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development 

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
55

Program Management Level II

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

CLL 006 Depot Maintenance Partnering + + +

CLM 025 Commercial-Off-The-Shelf (COTS ) Acquisition for Program 

Managers + +

CLM 031 Improved Statement of Work + +

CLM 036 Technology Transfer and Export Control Fundamentals + +

LOG 102 Systems Sustainment Management Fundamentals +

PQM 101 Production, Quality, and Manufacturing Fundamentals 

Education: Master’s degree, preferably with a major in engineering, systems management, business administration, or a related field

Experie nce: 2 additional years’ acquisition experience, preferably in a systems program office or similar organization

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 Workforce members assigned to these positions MUST met these training standard(s) within 24 months of assignment. 

3 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development 

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
56

Program Management Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Weapon Systems

•	 Leads and provides oversight of IPTs delivering a weapon system, C2/net-centric system, or	

space system.

•	 Leads tasks supporting pre-award contracts, financial management, risk management, systems	

engineering, total ownership cost determination, contract coordination, and communications.

+ Services

•	 Organizes and leads DoD professional, administrative, and management support service	

contracting relating to developing clearly stated and actionable requirements packages.

•	 Coordinates with local procurement contracting officers, and ensures opportunities for

socio-economic business concerns.

•	 Performs all acquisition strategy requirements actions noted in Attachment1to AT&L Services	

Memo of Oct. 2, 2006.

+ Business Management Systems/IT Oversees transformation integration, planning and performance, and investment management

applicable to the acquisition community, program office(s), and system(s) under development.

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training None required

+ Functional Training

•	 PMT 352A Program Management Office Course, Part A

•	 PMT 352B Program Management Office Course, Part B (R)

•	 SYS 202 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering, Part I

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience

4 years’ acquisition experience with at least:

—2 years in a program office/similar organization (dedicated matrix support to a PM, PEO,

DCMA program integrator, or supervisor of shipbuilding)

—1 year in a program management position with cost, schedule, and performance

responsibilities

Unique Position Training Standards

+ International Acquisition2

•	 PMT 304 Advanced International Management Workshop (R)

•	 PMT 202 Multinational Program Management (R)

•	 PMT 203 International Security and Technology Transfer/Control (R)

+ PEOs; PM/DPM of MDAP/MAIS; PM/DPM of significant nonmajor programs3

•	 PMT 401 Program Manager’s Course (R) 

•	 PMT 402 Executive Program Manager’s Course (R) 

Core Plus Development Guide4

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Weapon Systems Services Business 

Mgmt/IT

ACQ 452 Forging Stakeholder Relationships (R) + + +

BCF 207 Economic Analysis (R) + + +

BCF 209 Acquisition Reporting for MDAPs and MAIS (R) + + +

CLE 008 Six Sigma: Concepts and Processes

CLE 301 Reliability and Maintainability 

CLL 022 Title 10 Depot Maintenance Statute Overview

CLL 201 Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material Shortages 

(DMSMS) Fundamentals + +

LOG 200 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part A + +

LOG 201 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part B (R) + + +

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 Workforce members assigned to these positions MUST met these training standard(s) within 6 months of assignment. 

3 Workforce members assigned to these positions MUST met these training standard(s) within 24 months of assignment. 

4 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development 

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
57

Program Management Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

LOG 204 Configuration Management + + +

LOG 235 Performance-Based Logistics, Part A + +

LOG 236 Performance-Based Logistics, Part B (R) + +

PMT 403 Program Manager’s Skills (R) + +

PQM 201A Intermediate Production, Quality, and Manufacturing, Part A +

SAM 301 Advanced Software Acquisition Management (R) 

Education: Master’s degree, preferably with a major in engineering, systems management, business administration, or a related field

Experie nce: 2 additional years’ acquisition experience, preferably in a systems program office or similar organization

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 Workforce members assigned to these positions MUST met these training standard(s) within 6 months of assignment. 

3 Workforce members assigned to these positions MUST met these training standard(s) within 24 months of assignment. 

4 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development 

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
58

+ Mr. Patrick Fitzgerald 

Director, Defense Contract 

Audit Agency

Auditing Functional Community

Total Workforce Size: 3,840

Level I or higher: 86% » Level II or higher: 76% » Level III: 25%

Persons in this career field perform contract auditing, 

accounting, and financial advisory services to DoD and 

other government agencies in negotiation, administration, 

and settlement of contracts and subcontracts. Duties 

include evaluating information about contractor 

economic assertions, comparing those assertions 

to established criteria, and reporting the results to 

interested third parties. Some reasons for audits include 

proposal submissions, incurred cost, compliance with 

the Truth in Negotiations Act, compliance with cost 

accounting standards, contract terminations, claims for 

abnormal conditions, contractor financial condition, and 

contractor systems and operations.
59

Auditing Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Auditor

Audits financial records, reports, management controls, policies, and practices affecting or

reflecting the financial condition and operation of Department of Defense and otherfederal

agency contractors.

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training None required

+ Functional Training •	 AUD 1130 Technical Indoctrination (R)

+ Education

•	 A baccalaureate degree in accounting; or

•	 A baccalaureate degree in a business-related field with at least 24 semester credit hours in

accounting; or

• 4 years of experience in accounting; or

• An equivalent combination of accounting experience, college education, and training

+ Experience 1 year of contract auditing experience

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Auditor

AUD 1113 Orientation to DCAA +

AUD 1114 Orientation to Federal Procurement Regulations +

AUD 1115 Orientation to Contract Auditing Procedures +

AUD 1116 Orientation to DCAA Audits +

AUD 1261 Scanning Guidance +

AUD 1265 APPS Performance Support Manual +

AUD 1601 FAR 31, Allowable and Unallowable Costs +

 AUD 1602 Allowable Costs with Restrictions (Non-Employee) +

 AUD 1603 Allowable Costs with Restrictions (Employee) +

 AUD 8445 PWT Basics +

 AUD 9201 New Employee Ethics +

Education: None specified

Experie nce: None specified

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development 

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• For information on AUD courses, contact the Defense Contract Audit Institute at 901-325-6100.

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
60

Auditing Level II

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Auditor

Audits financial records, reports, management controls, policies and practices affecting or

reflecting the financial condition and operation of Department of Defense and otherfederal

agency contractors.

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training None required

+ Functional Training

Complete one of the following:

•	 AUD 1320 Intermediate Contract Auditing (R)

•	 AUD 4120 Statistical Sampling (R)

+ Education

Entry below GS-9: Same as Level I

Entry at GS-9: Same as Level I AND

— 2 full years of graduate education leading to a master’s degree in accounting, auditing, or

related field such as business administration or finance; or

— 1full year of professional accounting, auditing, or related experience

+ Experience 2 years of contract auditing experience of increasing complexity and responsibility

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Auditor

AUD 1121 Briefing Contracts +

AUD 1122 Accounting System Survey +

AUD 1126 Adequacy of Proposals +

AUD 1142 Progress Payments +

AUD 1170 Financial Capability +

AUD 1221 Basic Flowcharting +

AUD 1232 Internal Control Assessment +

AUD 1239 Risk and Materiality Assessment +

AUD 1249 Agreed-Upon Procedures +

AUD 1269 Working Paper Documentation +

AUD 1271 Permanent Files +

AUD 1283 Fraud Awareness +

AUD 1325 Internal Control Systems: Planning +

AUD 1326 Internal Control Systems: Writing the Audit Report +

AUD 1338 Internal Control Systems: Compensation +

AUD 1541 Cost Accounting Standards +

AUD 5614 Fundamentals of Auditing Information Systems +

AUD 5651 Retrieving and Analyzing Electronic Data Using SAS +

AUD 5653 Computer-Assisted Audit Techniques +

AUD 6115 Effective Report Writing +

AUD 6220 Auditor Interview and Interpersonal Reactions +

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development 

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• For information on AUD courses, contact the Defense Contract Audit Institute at 901-325-6100.

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
61

Auditing Level II

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

AUD 6240 Oral Presentation Workshop +

Education: • Begin graduate studies leading to a master’s degree in accounting or business

 • Professional certification—CPA, CMA, CIA, CISA

Experie nce: Experience in performing increasingly complex audits for normal position progression and with increasing independence

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development 

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• For information on AUD courses, contact the Defense Contract Audit Institute at 901-325-6100.

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
62

Auditing Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Auditor Supervises those performing contract audits; or acts as the subject matter expert in technical

audit areas (technical specialist); or acts as the liaison between DCAA and buying commands.

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training None required

+ Functional Training None required

+ Education Same as Level II

+ Experience 3 years of contract auditing experience and attainment of position beyond senior auditor

Unique Position Training Standards2

+ Financial Liaison Auditor

•	 ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

•	 AUD 6240 Oral Presentation Workshop

•	 AUD 6510 Instructor Workshop

•	 AUD 8414 DDI Leadership Skills

+ Supervisory Auditor AUD 8562 DCAA Personnel Management Policy (R)

+ Technical Specialist

•	 AUD 1431 Accounting and Auditing Refresher

•	 AUD 1541 Cost Accounting Standards

•	 AUD 2311 Defective Pricing

•	 AUD 4035 Quantitative Methods Refresher (R)

•	 AUD 5651 Retrieving and Analyzing Electronic Data Using SAS

Core Plus Development Guide3

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Auditor

ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management +

AUD 1431 Accounting and Auditing Refresher +

AUD 1570 CAS —Administration and Coverage +

AUD 1571 CAS 401, 402, and 405 +

AUD 1572 CAS 403, 410, 418, and 420 +

AUD 1573 CAS 404 and 409 +

AUD 1574 CAS 414 and 417 +

AUD 1575 CAS 406—Cost Accounting Period +

AUD 1576 CAS 408 and 415 +

AUD 1577 CAS 407 +

AUD 1578 CAS 416 +

AUD 1579 CAS 411 +

AUD 1580 CAS B Disclosure Statements +

AUD 2311 Defective Pricing +

AUD 8414 DDI Leadership Skills +

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 Workforce members assigned to the position(s) listed in the Unique Position Training Standards section MUST met these training standard(s) within 6 months of assignment. 

3 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development 

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• For information on AUD courses, contact the Defense Contract Audit Institute at 901-325-6100.

•“(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
63

Auditing Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

AUD 8564 Administration and Management of Audits for Supervisors +

AUD S6000 Conflict Resolution Techniques +

Education: None specified

Experie nce: None specified

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 Workforce members assigned to the position(s) listed in the Unique Position Training Standards section MUST met these training standard(s) within 6 months of assignment. 

3 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development 

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• For information on AUD courses, contact the Defense Contract Audit Institute at 901-325-6100.

•“(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
64

Business Functional Community

Business—Cost Estimating and 

Business—Financial Management

Total Workforce Size: 7,667

Level I or higher: 55% Level II or higher: 39% Level III: 26%

+ Dr. Nancy L. Spruill, Director, Acquisition 

Resources and Analysis, OUSD(AT&L)

These career fields encompass all aspects of business 

and financial management. They include cost estimating 

and analysis, financial planning, formulating financial 

programs and budgets, budget analysis and execution, 

and earned value management. As advisors to 

commanders, program executive officers, program 

managers, and other acquisition decision makers, 

members of these career fields are responsible for 

business–financial management of defense acquisition 

programs in direct support of the defense acquisition 

process.
65

Cost Estimating Level 1

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Cost Estimator Relates the processes of life cycle cost estimating within the context of materiel system acquisition in the Department of Defense

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

+ Functional Training

•	 BCF 102 Fundamentals of Earned Value Management

•	 BCF 103 Fundamentals of Business Financial Management

•	 BCF 106 Fundamentals of Cost Analysis

•	 BCF 107 Applied Cost Analysis (R)

+ Education

•	 Baccalaureate degree (any field of study)

•	 3 semester credit hours from a calculus course

•	 21 semester credit hours in any combination of the following fields of study: operations research,

economics, mathematics, chemistry, physics or other sciences where the student utilized of

advanced mathematical skills in geometry, trigonometry, statistics, probability, and/or quantitative analysis

+ Experience 2 years of acquisition experience in Cost Estimating

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Cost Estimator

CLB 014 Acquisition Reporting Concepts and Policy Requirements for 

APB, DAES , and SAR +

CLB 016 Introduction to Earned Value Management +

CLB 017 Performance Measurement Baseline +

CLB 018 Earned Value and Financial Management Reports +

CLB 019 Estimate at Completion +

CLB 020 Baseline Maintenance +

CLC 005 Simplified Acquisition Procedures +

CLM 016 Cost Estimating +

Education: Baccalaureate degree in engineering, statistics, or other math-intensive field of study

Experie nce: 2 years of acquisition experience in Cost Estimating

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development 

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
66

Cost Estimating Level II

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Cost Estimator Applies the cost-estimating process in the construction of a cost estimate

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training •	 ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

•	 ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R)

+ Functional Training

•	 BCF 204 Intermediate Cost Analysis (R)

•	 BCF 206 Cost/Risk Analysis (R)

•	 BCF 211 Acquisition Business Management (R)

•	 BCF 215 Operating and Support Cost Analysis (R)

• CLB 026 Forecasting Techniques

•	 CLB 030 Data Collection and Sources

+ Education

•	 Baccalaureate degree (any field of study)

•	 3 semester credit hours from a calculus course

•	 21 semester credit hours in any combination of the following fields of study: operations	

research, economics, mathematics, chemistry, physics or other sciences where the student	

utilizes advanced mathematical skills in geometry, trigonometry, statistics, probability, and/or	

quantitative analysis

+ Experience 4 years of acquisition experience in Cost Estimating

Core Plus Development Guide2 (Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Cost Estimator

ACQ 265 Mission-Focused Services Acquisition (R) +

BCF 207 Economic Analysis (R) +

BCF 208 Software Cost Estimating (R) +

BCF 262 EVMS Validation and Surveillance (R) +

BCF 263 Principles of Schedule Management (R) +

CLC 007 Contract Source Selection +

CLC 008 Indirect Costs +

CLC 104 Analyzing Profit or Fee +

CLL 015 Business Case Analysis +

CLL 017 Introduction to Defense Distribution +

CLM 012 Scheduling +

CLM 014 IPT Management and Leadership +

CLM 024 Contracting Overview +

Education: Baccalaureate degree in engineering, statistics, or other math-intensive field of study

Experie nce: 4 years of acquisition experience in Cost Estimating

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development 

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
67

Cost Estimating Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Cost Estimator Performs analyses and estimates for a variety of programs and takes on management activities

to ensure cost analysis is conducted properly

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training Acquisition Training identified at Level II must have been completed

+ Functional Training

Functional Training identified at Level II must have been completed

•	 BCF 302 Advanced Cost Estimating (R) (TO BE DEPLOYED)

•	 CLB 023 Software Cost Estimating

•	 CLB 029 Rates

+ Education

•	 Baccalaureate degree (any field of study)

•	 3 semester credit hours from a calculus course

•	 21 semester credit hours in any combination of the following fields of study: operations	

research, economics, mathematics, chemistry, physics or other sciences where the student	

utilizes advanced mathematical skills in geometry, trigonometry, statistics, probability, and/or	

quantitative analysis

+ Experience 7 years of acquisition experience in Cost Estimating

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Cost Estimator

ACQ 450 Leading in the Acquisition Environment (R) +

ACQ 451 Integrated Acquisition for Decision Makers (R) +

ACQ 452 Forging Stakeholder Relationships (R) +

PMT 352A Program Management Office Course, Part A +

PMT 352B Program Management Office Course, Part B (R) +

Education: Graduate degree in engineering, statistics, or other math-intensive field of study

Experie nce: 7 years of acquisition experience in Cost Estimating

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development 

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
68

Financial Management Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Budget/Program FM Analyst 

•	 Applies basic concepts of budget and program principles, policies, procedures, concepts,	

standards, terminology, and a general knowledge of the financial management and business	

operation systems

•	 Possesses a basic knowledge of acquisition; recognizes the life-cycle process of an acquisition	

program

•	 Reviews, allocates, or manages acquisition resources and programs

+ EVM Analyst

Relates earned value management to acquisition and financial management associated

processes, identifies DoD and DFARS earned value contractual requirements, calculates simple

EVM metrics from EVM data

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

+ Functional Training

•	 BCF 102 Fundamentals of Earned Value Management

•	 BCF 103 Fundamentals of Business Financial Management

•	 BCF 106 Fundamentals of Cost Analysis

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience 2 years of acquisition experience in Budgeting, Financial and/or Earned Value Management

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Bgt/Prg FM Analyst EVM Analyst

BCF 107 Applied Cost Analysis (R) + +

CLB 014 Acquisition Reporting Concepts and Policy Requirements for 

APB, DAES , and SAR + +

CLB 017 Performance Measurement Baseline + +

CLB 018 Earned Value and Financial Management Reports + +

CLB 019 Estimate at Completion + +

CLB 020 Baseline Maintenance + +

CLC 008 Indirect Costs +

CLC 024 Basic Math Tutorial + +

CLC 102 Administration of Other Transactions + +

CLM 016 Cost Estimating + +

CLM 021 Introduction to Reducing Total Ownership Costs (R-TOC ) + +

CLM 032 Evolutionary Acquisition + +

Education: Associate in Applied Science (A.A.S.) or equivalent in business or a business-related field

Experie nce: 2 years of acquisition experience in Budgeting, Financial and/or Earned Value Management in support of an acquisition program

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
69

 Financial Management Level II

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Budget/Program FM Analyst 

•	 Applies general knowledge of budget and program principles, policies, procedures, concepts,	

standards, terminology, and financial management and business operation systems

•	 Applies knowledge of acquisition life-cycle process and supports development and preparation	

of acquisition documents

•	 Prepares and/orreviews acquisition and financial management documents

•	 Reviews, allocates, or manages acquisition resources and programs

+ EVM Analyst

•	 Interprets program status and predicts trends by analyzing earned value cost and schedule data	

as an element of integrated program management

•	 Applies EVM concepts as principal EVM member of an IBR review IPT

•	 Interprets ANSI EVM standard as entry-level EVMS review team evaluator

•	 Completes EVM requirements for acquisition solicitation packages

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training •	 ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

•	 ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R)

+ Functional Training

•	 BCF 106 Fundamentals of Cost Analysis

If not already completed (as required) at Level I, AND

•	 BCF 203 Intermediate Earned Value Management (R)

•	 BCF 205 Contractor Business Strategies (R)

•	 BCF 211 Acquisition Business Management (R)

•	 CLM 017 Risk Management

•	 CLM 024 Contracting Overview

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience 4 years of acquisition experience in Budgeting, Financial and/or Earned Value Management

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Bgt/Prg FM Analyst EVM Analyst

BCF 204 Intermediate Cost Analysis (R) +

BCF 206 Cost/Risk Analysis (R) + +

BCF 207 Economic Analysis (R) + +

BCF 208 Software Cost Estimating (R) + +

BCF 215 Operating and Support Cost Analysis (R) + +

BCF 262 EVMS Validation and Surveillance (R) +

BCF 263 Principles of Schedule Management (R) + +

CLC 005 Simplified Acquisition Procedures + +

CLC 007 Contract Source Selection + +

CLC 010 Proper Use of Non-DoD Contracts + +

CLC 011 Contracting for the Rest of Us +

CLC 106 Contracting Officer’s Representative with a Mission Focus + +

CLG 001 DoD Government Purchase Card +

CLM 012 Scheduling + +

CLM 040 Proper Financial Accounting Treatments for Military 

Equipment +

Education: Baccalaureate degree in business or a business-related field

Experie nce: 4 years of acquisition experience in Budgeting, Financial and/or Earned Value Management in support of an acquisition program

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development 

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
70

Financial Management Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Budget/Program FM Analyst 

•	 Manages development and evaluation of budget and program improvement plans and resolves	

complex issues, identifies options, and negotiates with internal and external stakeholders for	

implementation

•	 Advises senior management on fiscal aspects of program management, ensures fiscal integrity,	

supports integration of acquisition disciplines

•	 Manages all aspects of the business financial management process for defense acquisition	

programs

•	 Reviews, allocates, or manages acquisition resources and programs

+ EVM Analyst

•	 Plans and manages the IBR process as program manager’s principal earned value advisor

•	 Leads EVMS validation reviews as review director or principal deputy

•	 Analyzes and applies EVM data to determine root causes of existing cost and schedule	

problems, to forecast potential cost and schedule problems, and to forecast final project costs

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training Acquisition Training identifed at Level II must have been completed

+ Functional Training

•	 Functional Training identified at Level II must have been completed

•	 BCF 301 Business, Cost Estimating, and Financial Management Workshop (R)

•	 CLM 013 Work-Breakdown Structure

•	 CLM 031 Improved Statement of Work

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience 6 years of acquisition experience in Budgeting, Financial and/or Earned Value Management

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Budget/Program FM Analyst EVM Analyst

ACQ 450 Leading in the Acquisition Environment (R) + +

ACQ 451 Integrated Acquisition for Decision Makers (R) + +

ACQ 452 Forging Stakeholder Relationships (R) + +

CLL 015 Business Case Analysis + +

CLM 014 IPT Management and Leadership + +

CLM 101 Analysis of Alternatives (AoA) (USAF Process) +

CLM 200 Item-Unique Identification +

CON 110 Mission-Support Planning +

CON 111 Mission Strategy Execution +

CON 112 Mission-Performance Assessment +

PMT 251 Program Management Tools Course, Part I + +

PMT 256 Program Management Tools Course, Part II + +

PMT 352A Program Management Office Course, Part A + +

PMT 352B Program Management Office Course, Part B (R) + +

Education: Graduate degree in business, related field

Experie nce: 6 years of acquisition experience in Budgeting, Financial and/or Earned Value Management in support of an acquisition program

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction.
71
72

Contracting, Purchasing, and Industrial/Contract 

Property Management Functional Communities

+ Mr. Shay Assad 

Director, Defense Procurement and Acquisition Policy

Contracting

Contracting specialists create effective, efficient, and 

proper business arrangements, have a strategic focus on 

acquisition, and leverage DoD spending to use taxpayers’ 

money prudently based upon customers’ needs. The 

Contracting career field includes the positions of contract 

negotiator, contract specialist, contract administrator, 

contract termination specialist, contract price and/or 

cost analyst, procuring contracting officer, administrative 

contracting officer, termination contracting officer, 

small business specialist, and procurement analyst. 

These individuals develop, manage, supervise, or 

perform procedures involving the procurement of 

supplies and services (including construction and 

research and development); acquisition planning; cost 

and price analysis; solicitation packages; competitive 

source selections; preparation, negotiation, and award 

of contracts through sealed bidding or negotiation 

procedures; all phases of contract administration; and 

termination or closeout of contracts. Individuals are 

required to have knowledge of the legislation, policies, 

regulations, and methods used in contracting, as well as 

knowledge of business and industry practices, sources of 

supply, cost factors, cost and price analysis techniques, 

negotiation techniques, and general requirements 

characteristics. 

Total Workforce Size: 28,616

Level I or higher: 77% 

Level II or higher: 65%

Level III: 33%

Industrial/Contract Property Management

The Property career field includes the industrial property 

management specialist and industrial property clearance 

specialist, which includes the property administrator 

and plant clearance officer. It can also include contract 

and industrial specialists, if assigned contract property 

management responsibilities. Individuals in this 

career field oversee and manage life cycle processes 

for government-owned property being utilized by

contractors; provide advice and assistance on propertyrelated matters during the acquisition planning, contract 

formation, and contract management; review contractor’s 

purchasing system as it pertains to property; audit the 

contractor’s property management system; coordinate 

and process contract property disposal actions; perform 

investigations of instances of loss, theft, damage, or 

destruction of government property and grant relief or 

recommend liability; and develop policies and procedures 

for government property management.

Total Workforce Size: 470

Level I or higher: 75% 

Level II or higher: 67%

Level III: 15%

Purchasing

Individuals in the Purchasing career field are typically 

purchasing agents or supervisory purchasing agents. 

This function requires the individuals to purchase, rent, 

or lease supplies, services, and equipment through either 

simplified acquisition procedures or placement of orders 

against pre-established contractual instruments to 

support operational requirements. It requires knowledge 

of legislation, policies, and regulations pertaining to 

these methods of acquisition, as well as knowledge of 

commercial supply sources and of common business 

practices for roles, prices, discounts, deliveries, stocks, 

and shipments.

Total Workforce Size: 1,261

Level I or higher: 52% 

Level II or higher: 35%

Level III: 14%
73
74

Contracting Level I 

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ 1 Operational Contracting Contracting functions in support of post, camp, station, or base

+ 2 Research and Development Contracting functions in support of research and development

+ 3 Systems Acquisition Contracting functions in support of systems acquisition to including all ACAT programs

+ 4 Logistics and Sustainment Contracting functions performed by the Defense Logistics Agency or by other offices to sustain

weapon systems

+ 5 Construction/A&E Contracting functions in support of construction and/or architect and engineering services

+ 6 Contingency/Combat Operations Contracting functions performed in a contingency or combat environment

+ 7 Contract Administration Office Contracting functions primarily focused on contract administration

+ 8 Contract Cost/Price Analyst Contracting functions primarily focused on advanced cost/price analysis

+ 9 Small Business Specialist Contracting functions primarily focused on advising small businesses or on strategies for

maximizing use of small businesses

+ 10 Other Contracting functions that perform a variety of assignments or are at a headquarters, secretariat, or OSD

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training None required

+ Functional Training

•	 CON 100 Shaping Smart Business Arrangements

•	 CON 110 Mission-Support Planning

•	 CON 111 Mission Strategy Execution

•	 CON 112 Mission-Performance Assessment

•	 CON 120 Mission-Focused Contracting (R)

•	 CLC 033 Contract Format and Structure for DoD eBusiness Environment

Effective Oct. 1, 2010, the following course is also required:

•	 CON 090 Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) Fundamentals (R)

Personnel serving in a Contracting-coded position on Sept. 30, 2010, are exempt from CON

090 through Sept. 30, 2012.

+ Education2

•	 At least 24 semester hours in accounting, law, business, finance, contracts, purchasing,	

economics, industrial management, marketing, quantitative methods, or organization and	

management

•	 Baccalaureate degree (any field of study)

+ Experience 1 year of contracting experience

Unique Position Training Standards3

+ Level I Contracting personnel assigned to support an 

MDAP/MAIS program ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

Core Plus Development Guide4

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training All

See Contracting Matrix on the following page +

Education: None specified

Experie nce: None specified

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 See 10 U.S.C. 1724 (provides for limited exceptions).

3 Workforce members assigned to the position(s) listed in the Unique Position Training Standards section should meet the training standard(s) identified within 1 year of

assignment. 

4 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in

the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section o f the CL course description and the course can be

substituted to meet the certification standard. 
75

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

CLC 003 Sealed Bidding + + +

CLC 004 Market Research + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 005 Simplified Acquisition Procedures + + + + + + + + +

CLC 009 Service-Disabled, Veteran-Owned Small Business Program + + + + + + + + +

CLC 020 Commercial Item Determination + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 024 Basic Math Tutorial + + + + + + + + +

CLC 028 Past Performance Information + + + + + + + + +

CLC 030 Essentials of Interagency Acquisitions/Fair Opportunity + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 043 Defense Priorities and Allocations System + + + + + + + + +

CLC 045 Partnering + + + + + + + +

CLC 046 Green Procurement + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 054 Electronic Subcontracting Reporting System (eSRS) + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 055 Competition Requirements + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 060 Time and Materials Contracts + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 061 Online Representations & Certifications Application (OCRA) + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 062 Intra-Governmental Transactions + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 105 DCMA Intern Training +

CLC 113 Procedures, Guidance, and Information + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 131 Commercial Item Pricing + + + + + + +

CLC 132 Organizational Conflicts of Interest + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 133 Contract Payment Instructions + + + + + + + + + +

CLG 001 DoD Government Purchase Card + + + + + + + + + +

CLG 004 DoD Government Purchase Card Refresher Training + + + + + + + + + +

CLG 005 Purchase Card Online System (PCOLS) + + + + + + + + + +

CLM 023 Javits-Wagner-O’Day (JWOD) Tutorial + + + + + + + + +

CON 237 Simplified Acquisition Procedures + + + + + + + + +

CON 243 Architect-Engineer Contracting (R) +

CON 244 Construction Contracting (R) +

FAC 007 Certificate of Competency Program + + + + + + + + +

SPS 101 Standard Procurement System and Federal Procurement Data

System—Next Generation User + + + + + + + + + +

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 See 10 U.S.C. 1724 (provides for limited exceptions).

3 Workforce members assigned to the position(s) listed in the Unique Position Training Standards section should meet the training standard(s) identified within 1 year of

assignment. 

4 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in

the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section o f the CL course description and the course can be

substituted to meet the certification standard. 
76

Contracting Level II

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ 1 Operational Contracting Contracting functions in support of post, camp, station, or base

+ 2 Research and Development Contracting functions in support of research and development

+ 3 Systems Acquisition Contracting functions in support of systems acquisition including all ACAT programs

+ 4 Logistics and Sustainment Contracting functions performed by the Defense Logistics Agency or by other offices to sustain

weapon systems

+ 5 Construction/A&E Contracting functions in support of construction and/or architect and engineering services

+ 6 Contingency/Combat Operations Contracting functions performed in a contingency or combat environment

+ 7 Contract Administration Office Contracting functions primarily focused on contract administration

+ 8 Contract Cost/Price Analyst Contracting functions primarily focused on advanced cost/price analysis

+ 9 Small Business Specialist Contracting functions primarily focused on advising small businesses or on strategies for

maximizing use of small businesses

+ 10 Other Contracting functions that perform a variety of assignments or are at a headquarters, secretariat, or OSD

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

+ Functional Training

•	 CON 214 Business Decisions for Contracting

•	 CON 215 Intermediate Contracting for Mission Support (R)

•	 CON 216 Legal Considerations in Contracting

•	 CON 217 Cost Analysis and Negotiation Techniques (R)

•	 CON 218 Advanced Contracting for Mission Support (R)

+ Education2

•	 At least 24 semester hours in accounting, law, business, finance, contracts, purchasing,	

economics, industrial management, marketing, quantitative methods, or organization and	

management

•	 Baccalaureate degree (any field of study)

+ Experience 2 years of contracting experience

Unique Position Training Standards3

+ Level II Contracting personnel assigned to support an 

MDAP/MAIS program

ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R)

Core Plus Development Guide4

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training All

See Contracting Matrix on the following page +

Education: Graduate studies in business administration or procurement

Experie nce: 2 additional years of contracting experience

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 See 10 U.S.C. 1724 (provides for limited exceptions).

3 Workforce members assigned to the position(s) identified in the Unique Position Training Standards section should meet the training standard(s) identified within 6 months

of assignment. 

4 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
77

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

ACQ 265 Mission-Focused Services Acquisition (R) + + + + + + + + +

CLC 001 Defense Subcontract Management + + + + + + + + +

CLC 006 Contract Terminations + + + + + + + +

CLC 007 Contract Source Selection + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 008 Indirect Costs + + + + +

CLC 013 Performance-Based Services Acquisition + + + + + + + + +

CLC 019 Leveraging DCMA for Program Success + + +

CLC 022 Profit Policy Revisions + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 026 Performance-Based Payments Overview + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 027 Buy American Act + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 031 Reverse Auctioning + +

CLC 034 Provisional Award Fee + + + +

CLC 035 Other Transaction Authority for Prototype Projects: Comprehensive

Coverage + + +

CLC 036 Other Transaction Authority for Prototype Projects Overview + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 037 A-76 Competitive Sourcing Overview + +

CLC 039 Contingency Contracting Simulation: Barda Bridge +

CLC 040 Predictive Analysis and Scheduling + + +

CLC 041 Predictive Analysis and Systems Engineering + + + +

CLC 042 Predictive Analysis and Quality Assurance + + +

CLC 044 Alternative Dispute Resolution + + + + + + + +

CLC 047 Contract Negotiation Techniques + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 050 Contracting with Canada + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 102 Administration of Other Transactions + + +

CLC 103 Facilities Capital Cost of Money + + + + + + + + +

CLC 104 Analyzing Profit or Fee + + + + + + + + +

CLC 107 OPSEC Contract Requirements + + + + + + + +

CLC 108 Strategic Sourcing Overview + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 110 Spend Analysis Strategies + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 112 Contractors Accompanying the Force + + + + + + + +

CLC 114 Contingency Contracting Officer Refresher +

CLC 120 Utilities Privatization Contract Administration +

CLC 125 Berry Amendment + + + + + + +

CLM 013 Work-Breakdown Structure + + +

CLM 031 Improved Statement of Work + + + + + +

CLM 032 Evolutionary Acquisition + +

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 See 10 U.S.C. 1724 (provides for limited exceptions).

3 Workforce members assigned to the position(s) identified in the Unique Position Training Standards section should meet the training standard(s) identified within 6 months

of assignment. 

4 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
78

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

CLM 038 Corrosion Prevention and Control Overview + + + + + + + +

CLM 040 Proper Financial Accounting Treatments for Military Equipment + + + + + + + + +

CLM 200 Item-Unique Identification + + + + + + + + + +

CON 232 Overhead Management of Defense Contracts (R) + + + +

CON 234 Joint Contingency Contracting (R) +

CON 235 Advanced Contract Pricing (R) + + + +

CON 250 Fundamentals of Cost Accounting Standards—Part I (R) + + + +

CON 251 Fundamentals of Cost Accounting Standards—Part II (R) + + + +

CON 260A The Small Business Program, Part A +

CON 260B The Small Business Program, Part B (R) +

GRT 201 Grants and Agreements Management (R) + +

HBS 221 Negotiating + + + + + + + + + +

HBS 223 Presentation Skills + + + + + + + + + +

HBS 229 Team Leadership + + + + + + + + + +

HBS 239 Team Management + + + + + + + + + +

IND 100 Contract Property Administration and Disposition Fundamentals (R) + + + +

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 See 10 U.S.C. 1724 (provides for limited exceptions).

3 Workforce members assigned to the position(s) identified in the Unique Position Training Standards section should meet the training standard(s) identified within 6 months

of assignment. 

4 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
79

Contracting Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ 1 Operational Contracting Contracting functions in support of post, camp, station, or base

+ 2 Research and Development Contracting functions in support of research and development

+ 3 Systems Acquisition Contracting functions in support of systems acquisition including all ACAT programs

+ 4 Logistics and Sustainment Contracting functions performed by the Defense Logistics Agency or by other offices to sustain

weapon systems

+ 5 Construction/A&E Contracting functions in support of construction and/or architect and engineering services

+ 6 Contingency/Combat Operations Contracting functions performed in a contingency or combat environment

+ 7 Contract Administration Office Contracting functions primarily focused on contract administration

+ 8 Contract Cost/Price Analyst Contracting functions primarily focused on advanced cost/price analysis

+ 9 Small Business Specialist Contracting functions primarily focused on advising small businesses or on strategies for

maximizing use of small businesses

+ 10 Other Contracting functions that perform a variety of assignments or are at a headquarters, secretariat, or OSD

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

+ Functional Training •	 CON 353 Advanced Business Solutions for Mission Support (R)

•	 1 additional course from the Harvard Business Management Modules

+ Education2

•	 At least 24 semester hours in accounting, law, business, finance, contracts, purchasing,	

economics, industrial management, marketing, quantitative methods, or organization and	

management

•	 Baccalaureate degree (any field of study)

+ Experience 4 years of contracting experience

Unique Position Training Standards3

+ Level III Contracting personnel assigned to or devoting at least 

50 percent of their time in support of an MDAP/MAIS program ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R)

Core Plus Development Guide4

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training All

See Contracting Matrix on the following page +

Education: Master’s degree in business administration or procurement

Experie nce: 4 additional years of contracting experience

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 See 10 U.S.C. 1724 (provides for limited exceptions).

3 Workforce members assigned to the position(s) identified in the Unique Position Training Standards section should meet the training standard(s) identified within 6 months

of assignment. 

4 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in

the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section o f the CL course description and the course can be

substituted to meet the certification standard. 
80

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R) + + + + + + + + + +

ACQ 370 Acquisition Law (R) + + + + + + + +

BCF 102 Fundamentals of Earned Value Management + +

CLB 007 Cost Analysis + + + + + + + + +

CLB 011 Budget Policy +

CLB 016 Introduction to Earned Value Management + + +

CLC 023 Commercial Item Determination Executive Overview + + + + + + + + + +

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 See 10 U.S.C. 1724 (provides for limited exceptions).

3 Workforce members assigned to the position(s) identified in the Unique Position Training Standards section should meet the training standard(s) identified within 6 months

of assignment. 

4 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in

the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section o f the CL course description and the course can be

substituted to meet the certification standard. 
81
82

Industrial/Contract Property Management Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Industrial and/or Contract Property Management 

•	 Oversees and manages life cycle processes for government-owned property being utilized by	

contractors (i.e., government property in the possession of contractors and, in some instances,	

government-owned contractor-operated plants)

•	 Provides advice and assistance on property-related matters during acquisition planning,	

contract formation, and contract management

•	 Reviews contractor’s purchasing system as it pertains to property management

•	 Performs investigations of instances of lost, stolen, damaged, or destroyed government	

property and either grants relief or recommends liability

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training None required

+ Functional Training

•	 CON 100 Shaping Smart Business Arrangements

•	 CON 110 Mission-Support Planning

•	 CON 111 Mission Strategy Execution

•	 CON 112 Mission-Performance Assessment

•	 IND 100 Contract Property Administration and Disposition Fundamentals (R)

•	 IND 103 Contract Property Systems Analysis Fundamentals

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience 1 year of property management experience

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Industrial and/or Contract Property Management

ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management +

Education: Baccalaureate degree or at least 24 semester hours in accounting, law, business, finance, contracts, purchasing, economics, industrial management, marketing, 

quantitative methods, or organization and management

Experience: None specified

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
83

Industrial/Contract Property Management Level II

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Industrial and/or Contract Property Management 

•	 Develops policy and procedures for government property management

•	 Oversees and manages life cycle processes for government-owned property being utilized by	

contractors (i.e., government property in the possession of contractors and, in some instances,	

government-owned contractor-operated plants)

•	 Provides advice and assistance on property-related matters during acquisition planning,	

contract formation, and contract management

•	 Reviews contractor’s purchasing system as it pertains to property management

•	 Performs investigations of instances of lost, stolen, damaged, or destroyed government	

property and either grants relief or recommends liability

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

+ Functional Training

•	 CON 214 Business Decisions for Contracting

•	 CON 216 Legal Considerations in Contracting

•	 IND 200 Intermediate Contract Property Administration and Disposition (R)

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience 2 years of industrial property management experience

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Industrial and/or Contract Property Management

ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A +

CLM 040 Proper Financial Accounting Treatments for Military 

Equipment +

CLM 200 Item-Unique Identification +

HBS 210 Process Improvement +

HBS 213 Change Management +

HBS 227 Strategic Thinking +

Education: Baccalaureate degree or at least 24 semester hours in accounting, law, business, finance, contracts, purchasing, economics, industrial management, 

marketing, quantitative methods, or organization and management

Experie nce: None specified

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
84

Industrial/Contract Property Management Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Industrial and/or Contract Property Management 

•	 Develops policy and procedures for government property management

•	 Oversees and manages life cycle processes for government-owned property being utilized by	

contractors (i.e., government property in the possession of contractors and, in some instances,	

government-owned contractor-operated plants)

•	 Provides advice and assistance on property-related matters during acquisition planning,	

contract formation, and contract management

•	 Reviews contractor’s purchasing system as it pertains to property management

•	 Performs investigations of instances of lost, stolen, damaged, or destroyed government	

property and either grants relief or recommends liability

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

+ Functional Training

•	 CON 353 Advanced Business Solutions for Mission Support (R)

•	 1 additional course from the Harvard Business Management Modules identified in the Core Plus	

Developmental Guide below.

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience 4 years of experience in industrial property management positions of increasing responsibility

and complexity

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Industrial and/or Contract Property Management

ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R) +

CLE 015 Continuous Process Improvement Familiarization +

HBS 228 Leading and Motivating +

HBS 230 Coaching +

Education: Baccalaureate degree or at least 24 semester hours in accounting, law, business, finance, contracts, purchasing, economics, industrial management, 

marketing, quantitative methods, or organization and management

Experie nce: 4 additional years of experience in industrial property management

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
85

Purchasing Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Purchasing Agent or Supervisory Purchasing Agent 

Purchases, rents, or leases supplies, services and equipment through either simplified acquisition procedures or placement of orders against pre-established contractual instruments to

support operational requirements

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training None required

+ Functional Training

•	 CON 100 Shaping Smart Business Arrangements

•	 CON 237 Simplified Acquisition Procedures

•	 CLG 001 DoD Government Purchase Card

•	 CLC 030 Essentials of Interagency Acquisitions/Fair Opportunity

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience 1 year of purchasing experience

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Supervisory/Purchasing Agent

CLC 003 Sealed Bidding +

CLC 004 Market Research +

CLC 009 Service-Disabled, Veteran-Owned Small Business Program +

CLC 046 Green Procurement +

CLC 054 Electronic Subcontracting Reporting System (eSRS) +

CLC 055 Competition Requirements +

CLC 061 Online Representations & Certifications Application (OCRA ) +

CLC 062 Intra-Governmental Transactions +

CLC 113 Procedures, Guidance, and Information +

CLG 001 DoD Government Purchase Card +

CLG 005 Purchase Card Online System (PCOLS ) +

CLM 023 Javits-Wagner-O’Day (JWOD) Tutorial +

SPS 101 Standard Procurement System and Federal Procurement Data 

System—Next Generation User +

Education: 16 semester hours of undergraduate work with emphasis in business

Experience : None specified

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in

the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section o f the CL course description and the course can be

substituted to meet the certification standard. 
86

Purchasing Level II1

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Purchasing Agent or Supervisory Purchasing Agent 

Purchases, rents, or leases supplies, services, and equipment through either simplified acquisition procedures or placement of orders against pre-established contractual instruments to

support operational requirements

Core Certification Standards2 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training None required

+ Functional Training

•	 CON 110 Mission-Support Planning

•	 CON 111 Mission Strategy Execution

•	 CON 112 Mission-Performance Assessment

•	 CON 120 Mission-Focused Contracting (R)

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience 2 years of experience in purchasing

Core Plus Development Guide3

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Supervisory/Purchasing Agent

ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management +

CLC 020 Commercial Item Determination +

CLC 022 Profit Policy Revisions +

CLC 023 Commercial Item Determination Executive Overview +

CLC 027 Buy American Act +

CLC 060 Time and Materials Contracts +

CLC 104 Analyzing Profit or Fee +

CLC 131 Commercial Item Pricing +

CLG 004 DoD Government Purchase Card Refresher Training +

CON 214 Business Decisions for Contracting +

CON 215 Intermediate Contracting for Mission Support (R) +

CON 216 Legal Considerations in Contracting +

CON 217 Cost Analysis and Negotiation Techniques (R) +

CON 218 Advanced Contracting for Mission Support (R) +

Education: 32 semester hours of undergraduate work with emphasis in business. 

Experie nce: None specified

1 Level II is the highest certification level for this career field. 

2 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. To attain certification at Level II, workforce

members must also possess a Level 1 certification in Purchasing. 

3 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in

the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section o f the CL course description and the course can be

substituted to meet the certification standard. 
87
88

Facilities Engineering Functional Community 

Total Workforce Size: 6,738

Level I or higher: 47% » Level II or higher: 40% » Level III: 2%

+ Mr. James Dalton, P.E.

Chief, Engineering and Construction, 

U.S. Army Corps of Engineers

Facilities Engineering Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Facilities Engineer 

•	 Conducts actions that support one or more facets of facilities engineering - planning; design;	

construction; environmental management; base operations, support, and housing;real estate;	

and real property maintenance.

•	 May serve as an IPT member, representing a specific FE functional area.

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

+ Functional Training None required

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience 1 year of acquisition experience in facilities engineering

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Facilities Engineer

CLC 028 Past Performance Information +

CLM 017 Risk Management +

CLM 024 Contracting Overview +

CLM 035 Environmental Safety and Occupational Health—Lesson 

from PMT 352A +

Education: None specified

Experie nce: None specified

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in

this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

The Facilities Engineering career field encompasses 

a variety of professional individuals with diverse skills 

focused on the design, construction, and life cycle 

maintenance of military installations, facilities, civil 

works projects, airfields, roadways, and oceanic facilities. 

It involves all facets of life cycle management from 

planning through disposal, including design, construction, 

environmental protection, base operations and support, 

housing, real estate, and real property maintenance. 

Additional duties include advising or assisting 

commanders and acting as, or advising, program 

managers and other officials as necessary in executing all 

aspects of their responsibilities for facility management 

and the mitigation/elimination of environmental impact 

in direct support of the defense acquisition process.
89

Facilities Engineering Level II 

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Facilities Engineer 

•	 Organizes, conducts, and/or monitors one or more facets of facilities engineering—planning;	

design; construction; environmental management; base operations, support, and housing;real	

estate; and real property maintenance.

•	 May serve as an IPT leader for a specific project,representing a specific FE functional area or	

supervising multiple disciplines.

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training None required

+ Functional Training FE 201 Intermediate Facilities Engineering

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience 2 years of acquisition experience in facilities engineering

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Facilities Engineer

CLB 016 Introduction to Earned Value Management +

CLE 001 Value Engineering +

CLM 012 Scheduling +

CLM 013 Work-Breakdown Structure +

CLM 016 Cost Estimating +

Education: • Baccalaureate degree in engineering, architecture, physics, chemistry, mathematics, community planning, business, or related fields 

 • 9 semester credit hours selected from accounting, business finance, law, economics, industrial management, quantitative methods, or organization and

 management

Experience: 2 years of experience in acquisition positions of increasing responsibility and complexity (in addition to core certification experience)

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus

Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
90

Facilities Engineering Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Facilities Engineer 

•	 Leads, manages, and/or executes one or more facets of facilities engineering— planning;

design; construction; environmental management; base operations, support, and housing;real

estate; and real property maintenance

•	 May lead multiple IPTs for specific projects or perform FE program management

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training None required

+ Functional Training FE 301 Advanced Facilities Engineering (R)

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience 4 years of acquisition experience in facilities engineering

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Facilities Engineer

CLC 037 A-76 Competitive Sourcing Overview +

CLC 108 Strategic Sourcing Overview +

CLE 008 Six Sigma: Concepts and Processes +

CLM 014 IPT Management and Leadership +

Education: • Baccalaureate degree in engineering, architecture, physics, chemistry, mathematics, community planning, business, or related fields

 • Advanced degree from an accredited institution of higher learning in engineering, physics, chemistry, operations research, community planning, management, 

 business, public administration, or related fields 

 • 12 semester credit hours selected from accounting, business finance, law, economics, industrial management, quantitative methods, or organization and 

 management

Experie nce: 4 additional years of experience in acquisition positions of increasing responsibility and complexity

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus

Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
91
92

Information Technology Functional Community 

Total Workforce Size: 4,697

Level I or higher: 55% » Level II or higher: 38% » Level III: 19%

+ Ms. Joyce France 

Director, DoD Chief Information 

Officer Management Services

This career field includes computer scientists, 

information technology management specialists, 

computer engineers, telecommunications managers, 

etc., who directly support the acquisition of information 

technology (IT). Personnel in this career field typically 

provide direct support for acquisitions that use 

information technology, including National Security 

Systems. They apply IT-related laws, policies, and 

directives, and provide IT-related guidance throughout 

the total acquisition life cycle. The employee typically 

identifies requirements; writes and/or reviews 

specifications; identifies costs; obtains resources 

(manpower, funding, and training); supports portfolio 

management, information assurance certification, 

Global Information Grid compliance, and IT architecturerelated activities; and tests, evaluates, plans, obtains, 

and manages IT life cycle development and support 

(operations, maintenance, and replacement).
93

Information Technology Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ CIO Office 

Identifies and describes the following: policies, laws, and regulations; emerging IT acquisition

strategies; best practices; IT-related performance measures and quality management; capital

planning and investment control; acquisition planning, solicitation, and administration; and

information assurance.

+ Central Design Activity (CDA)

Identifies and describes the following: basic concepts of software engineering and development

activities; enterprise architecture; best practices; IT systems engineering; information assurance; IT-related technologies; test and evaluation processes; and verification and validation

processes.

+ Project Office/Field Activities

Identifies and describes the following: IT program management approaches; emerging IT acquisition strategies; best practices; IT-related performance measures and quality management;

acquisition planning, solicitation, and administration; information assurance; test and evaluation processes; verification and validation processes; and fielding and sustaining IT systems.

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

+ Functional Training

As of Nov.15, 2005, the contents of IRM 101 and SAM 101 were merged. Since Nov.15, 2005,

the same content has been delivered under both course designators/names. Therefore, either

of the following conditions must be met:

•	 IRM 101 Basic Information Systems Acquisition and

SAM 101 Basic Software Acquisition Management if both courses were completed before

Nov.15, 2005; or

• IRM 101 Basic Information Systems Acquisition or

SAM 101 Basic Software Acquisition Management if either course was completed on or after

Nov.15, 2005

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience 1 year of acquisition experience in information technology

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training CIO Off CDA PO/Fld Act

BCF 103 Fundamentals of Business Financial Management +

CLB 007 Cost Analysis + +

CLB 016 Introduction to Earned Value Management + + +

CLE 004 Introduction to Lean Enterprise Concepts + + +

CLE 015 Continuous Process Improvement Familiarization + + +

SYS 101 Fundamentals of Systems Planning, Research, Development, 

and Engineering + + +

TST 102 Fundamentals of Test and Evaluation + +

Education: Baccalaureate degree, preferably with a major in computer science, information systems management, business administration, or a related field

Experie nce: None specified

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction
94

Information Technology Level II

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ CIO Office 

Applies the following: policies, laws, and regulations; emerging IT acquisition strategies; best

practices; IT-related performance measures and quality management; capital planning and

investment control; acquisition planning, solicitation, and administration; and information

assurance.

+ Central Design Activity (CDA)

Applies the following: basic concepts of software engineering and development activities;

enterprise architecture; best practices; IT systems engineering; information assurance; ITrelated technologies; test and evaluation processes; and verification and validation processes.

+ Project Office/Field Activities

Applies the following: IT program management approaches; emerging IT acquisition strategies;

best practices; IT-related performance measures and quality management; acquisition planning, solicitation, and administration; information assurance; test and evaluation processes;

verification and validation processes; and fielding and sustaining IT systems.

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training •	 ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

•	 ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R)

+ Functional Training

•	 IRM 202 Intermediate Information Systems Acquisition (R)

or both of the below courses are acceptable through Sept. 30, 2010:

•	 IRM 201 Intermediate Information Systems Acquisition (R)

•	 SAM 201 Intermediate Software Acquisition Management (R)

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience 2 years of acquisition experience; at least one (1) year of this experience must be in information

technology

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training CIO Off CDA PO/Fld Act

BCF 102 Fundamentals of Earned Value Management + + +

BCF 106 Fundamentals of Cost Analysis + + +

BCF 107 Applied Cost Analysis (R) + +

CLE 003 Technical Reviews +

CLE 006 Enterprise Integration Overview + +

CLE 007 Lean Six Sigma for Manufacturing + +

CLE 016 Outcome-Based Performance Measures + +

CLE 017 Technical Planning +

CLE 025 Information Assurance (IA) for Acquisition Professionals + + +

CLE 301 Reliability and Maintainability + +

CLL 015 Business Case Analysis + +

CLM 029 Net-Ready Key Performance Parameter (NR-KPP) + +

CLM 101 Analysis of Alternatives (AoA) (USAF Process) + +

LOG 101 Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals + +

SYS 202 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, and 

Engineering, Part I + +

Education: Master’s degree, preferably with a major in computer science, management information systems, business administration, or a related field

Experie nce: 2 years of information technology acquisition experience, preferably in a program office or similar organization (in addition to core certification experience)

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
95

Information Technology Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ CIO Office 

Interprets, evaluates, and develops policies and/orinfluences laws/regulations for: emerging IT acquisition strategies; best practices; IT-related performance measures and quality

management; capital planning and investment control; acquisition planning, solicitation, and

administration; and information assurance.

+ Central Design Activity (CDA)

Interprets, evaluates, and/or develops: basic concepts of software engineering and development activities; enterprise architecture; best practices; IT systems engineering; information

assurance; IT-related technologies; test and evaluation processes; and verification and validation processes.

+ Project Office/Field Activities

Interprets, evaluates, and/or develops: IT program management approaches; emerging IT

acquisition strategies; best practices; IT-related performance measures and quality management; acquisition planning, solicitation, and administration; information assurance; test and

evaluation processes; verification and validation processes; and fielding and sustaining IT

systems.

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training None Required

+ Functional Training •	 IRM 304 Advanced Information Systems Acquisition (R)

•	 SAM 301 Advanced Software Acquisition Management (R)

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience 4 years of information technology or software-intensive systems acquisition experience

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training CIO Off CDA PO/Fld Act

CLE 021 Technology Readiness Assessments +

CLL 008 Designing for Supportability in DoD Systems + +

CLL 014 Joint Systems Integrated Support Strategies (JSISS ) + +

CLM 014 IPT Management and Leadership + + +

LOG 103 Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability (RAM) + +

LOG 200 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part A +

PMT 251 Program Management Tools Course, Part I + + +

PMT 256 Program Management Tools Course, Part II + + +

PMT 352A Program Management Office Course, Part A + +

SYS 203 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, and 

Engineering, Part II (R) + +

Education: Master’s degree, preferably with a major in computer science, information systems management, business administration, or a related field

Experie nce: 4 years of information technology acquisition experience (in addition to core certification experience)

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
96

Life Cycle Logistics Functional Community 

Total Workforce Size: 15,814

Level I or higher: 71% » Level II or higher: 49% » Level III: 27%

+ Mr. Randy Fowler 

Assistant Deputy Under Secretary of 

Defense (Materiel Readiness)

The Life Cycle Logistics career field encompasses 

both acquisition logistics and sustainment activities; 

and includes professionals responsible for planning, 

development, implementation, and management 

of effective and affordable weapons, materiel, or 

information systems support strategies. 

Life cycle logisticians perform a principal joint and/or 

DoD component logistics role during both the acquisition 

and operational phases of the system life cycle to: 

ensure product support strategies meet program goals 

for operational effectiveness and readiness; ensure 

supportability requirements are addressed consistently 

with cost, schedule, and performance; ensure 

supportability considerations are implemented during 

systems design; and meet system materiel availability, 

materiel reliability, life cycle cost, and mean down time 

objectives.

Life cycle logisticians pursue two primary objectives, 

namely to ensure weapons systems are designed, 

maintained, and modified to continuously reduce the 

demand for logistics; and to ensure the logistics support 

that is required be effective and efficient. The resources 

required to provide product support must be minimized

while meeting warfighter needs.

Life cycle logisticians achieve this by ensuring the 

integration of all support elements to maximize

supportability, reliability, availability, maintainability, 

and mission effectiveness of the system throughout 

its life cycle. They achieve this by influencing system 

design and providing effective, timely product support 

capability to achieve the system’s materiel readiness 

and sustain operational capability. Emphasis is placed 

on ensuring materiel readiness at an optimal life cycle 

cost and integrating life cycle management principles 

by designing and implementing performance-based life 

cycle product support strategies to provide effective 

system support. Life cycle logisticians can work directly in 

a program management office, in support of the program 

manager, or in other supporting and sustainment logistics 

activity offices. Thus, life cycle logisticians are ultimately 

responsible for translating warfighter performance 

requirements into tailored product support spanning the 

system life cycle.
97

Life Cycle Logistics Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Acquisition Logistics 

•	 Plans/develops effective and affordable weapons, materiel, or information systems support	

strategies.

•	 Ensures product support strategies meet program goals for operational effectiveness and	

readiness.

•	 Ensures supportability requirements consistent with cost, schedule, and performance are	

addressed.

•	 Plans and develops performance-based logistics as preferred DoD product support approach.

•	 Ensures integration of all support elements to maximize system deployability, supportability,	

and mobility.

+ Sustainment 

•	 Implements effective and affordable weapons, materiel, or information systems support of	

fielded and/or out-of-production systems, including obsolescence, modernization,	

modification, sustaining engineering, workload allocation, public-private partnerships, supply	

chain management, and/or system retirement.

•	 Executes and manages system performance-based logistics support strategy, ensuring system	

performance requirements are met.

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

+ Functional Training

•	 LOG 101 Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals

•	 LOG 102 Systems Sustainment Management Fundamentals

•	 CLL 008 Designing for Supportability in DoD Systems

•	 CLL 011 Performance-Based Logistics

Effective Oct. 1, 2010, the following course is required:

•	 LOG 103 Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability (RAM)

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience 1 year of acquisition and/or sustainment experience in life cycle logistics

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Acquisition Logistics Sustainment

BCF 102 Fundamentals of Earned Value Management +

BCF 106 Fundamentals of Cost Analysis +

BCF 107 Applied Cost Analysis (R) +

CLB 007 Cost Analysis + +

CLB 009 Planning, Programming, Budgeting, and Execution and 

Budget Exhibits + +

CLC 011 Contracting for the Rest of Us +

CLC 013 Performance-Based Services Acquisition + +

CLC 019 Leveraging DCMA for Program Success + +

CLC 045 Partnering + +

CLC 108 Strategic Sourcing Overview +

CLC 112 Contractors Accompanying the Force +

CLE 003 Technical Reviews + +

CLE 015 Continuous Process Improvement Familiarization + +

CLE 301 Reliability and Maintainability + +

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in

the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section o f the CL course description and the course can be

substituted to meet the certification standard. 
98

Life Cycle Logistics Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

CLL 002 Defense Logistics Agency Support to the PM + +

CLL 006 Depot Maintenance Partnering + +

CLL 013 DoD Packaging +

CLL 014 Joint Systems Integrated Support Strategies (JSISS ) + +

CLL 017 Introduction to Defense Distribution +

CLL 022 Title 10 Depot Maintenance Statute Overview + +

CLL 030 Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM) + +

CLM 013 Work-Breakdown Structure + +

CLM 021 Introduction to Reducing Total Ownership Costs (R-TOC ) + +

CLM 032 Evolutionary Acquisition + +

CLM 036 Technology Transfer and Export Control Fundamentals + +

CON 110 Mission-Support Planning +

CON 111 Mission Strategy Execution +

SYS 101 Fundamentals of Systems Planning, Research, Development, 

and Engineering +

TST 102 Fundamentals of Test and Evaluation + +

Education: Baccalaureate degree in a technical, scientific, or managerial field

Experie nce: 2 years of life cycle logistics experience in support of acquisition or sustainment of DoD weapons/materiel systems

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in

the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section o f the CL course description and the course can be

substituted to meet the certification standard. 
99

Life Cycle Logistics Level II

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Acquisition Logistics 

•	 Plans/develops effective and affordable weapons, materiel, or information systems support	

strategies.

•	 Ensures product support strategies meet program goals for operational effectiveness and	

readiness.

•	 Ensures supportability requirements consistent with cost, schedule, and performance are	

addressed.

•	 Plans and develops performance-based logistics as preferred DoD product support approach.

•	 Ensures integration of all support elements to maximize system deployability, supportability,	

and mobility.

+ Sustainment 

•	 Implements effective and affordable weapons, materiel, or information systems support of	

fielded and/or out-of-production systems, including obsolescence, modernization	

modification, sustaining engineering, workload allocation, public-private partnerships, supply	

chain management (SCM), and/or system retirement.

•	 Executes and manages system performance-based logistics support strategy, ensuring system	

performance requirements are met.

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R)

+ Functional Training

•	 LOG 200 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part A

•	 LOG 201 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part B (R)

•	 LOG 235 Performance-Based Logistics, Part A

•	 LOG 236 Performance-Based Logistics, Part B (R)

Two additional supervisor-employee agreed-upon courses or continuous learning (CL) modules	

from Core Plus list below	

Effective Oct. 1, 2010, the following course is required:

•	 LOG 206 Intermediate Systems Sustainment Management

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience 2 years of acquisition and/or sustainment experience in life cycle logistics

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Acquisition Logistics Sustainment

BCF 211 Acquisition Business Management (R) +

CLC 004 Market Research +

CLE 001 Value Engineering +

CLE 004 Introduction to Lean Enterprise Concepts +

CLE 007 Lean Six Sigma for Manufacturing + +

CLE 040 IUID Marking + +

CLL 015 Business Case Analysis + +

CLL 019 Technology Refreshment Planning +

CLL 020 Independent Logistics Assessments +

CLL 023 Title 10 U.S.C. 2464 Core Statute Implementation +

CLL 024 Title 10 Limitations on the Performance of Depot-Level 

Maintenance (50/50) +

CLL 025 Depot Maintenance Interservice Support Agreements 

(DMISA ) +

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
100

Life Cycle Logistics Level II

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

CLL 029 Condition-Based Maintenance Plus (CBM+) + +

CLL 119 Technical Refreshment Implementation Module +

CLM 037 Physical Inventories +

CLM 038 Corrosion Prevention and Control Overview +

CLR 252 Developing Requirements +

CON 112 Mission-Performance Assessment +

IRM 101 Basic Information Systems Acquisition +

LOG 103 Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability (RAM) + +

LOG 204 Configuration Management + +

LOG 206 Intermediate Systems Sustainment Management + +

PMT 203 International Security and Technology Transfer/Control (R) + +

PMT 251 Program Management Tools Course, Part I +

PMT 256 Program Management Tools Course, Part II +

PQM 101 Production, Quality, and Manufacturing Fundamentals +

PQM 201A Intermediate Production, Quality, and Manufacturing, Part A +

PQM 201BIntermediate Production, Quality, and Manufacturing, Part B (R) +

RQM 110 Core Concepts for Requirements Management +

SYS 202 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, and 

Engineering, Part I +

TST 203 Intermediate Test and Evaluation (R) + +

Education: Baccalaureate degree in a logistics, business, management, or technical field, and/or completion of a certificate program in systems design and operational 

effectiveness or similar systems engineering/technical education, business administration, and/or supply chain management

Experie nce: 4 years of life cycle logistics experience in support of acquisition or sustainment of DoD weapons/materiel systems

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
101

Life Cycle Logistics Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Acquisition Logistics 

•	 Leads/plans/develops effective and affordable weapons, materiel, or information systems	

support strategies.

•	 Ensures product support strategies meet program goals for operational effectiveness and	

readiness.

•	 Ensures supportability requirements consistent with cost, schedule, and performance are	

addressed.

•	 Plans and develops performance-based logistics as preferred DoD product support approach.

•	 Ensures integration of all support elements to maximize system deployability, supportability,	

and mobility.

+ Sustainment 

•	 Leads, plans, and executes effective and affordable weapons, materiel, or information systems	

support of fielded and/or out-of-production systems, including obsolescence management,	

modernization/modification, sustaining engineering, workload allocation, public-private	

partnerships, Supply Chain Management (SCM), and/or system retirement.

•	 Executes and manages performance-based logistics support strategy, ensuring system	

performance requirements are met.

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training No additional requirements

+ Functional Training

•	 LOG 350 Enterprise Life Cycle Logistics Management (R)

•	 Two additional supervisor-employee agreed-upon courses or continuous learning (CL) modules	

from Core Plus list below

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience 4 years of acquisition and/or sustainment experience in life cycle logistics

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Acquisition Logistics Sustainment

ACQ 265 Mission-Focused Services Acquisition (R) + +

ACQ 450 Leading in the Acquisition Environment (R) +

ACQ 451 Integrated Acquisition for Decision Makers (R) +

ACQ 452 Forging Stakeholder Relationships (R) + +

CLB 011 Budget Policy + +

CLB 016 Introduction to Earned Value Management +

CLC 055 Competition Requirements + +

CLE 011 Modeling and Simulation for Systems Engineering +

CLL 016 Joint Logistics + +

CLL 026 Depot Maintenance Capacity Measurement +

CLL 201 Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material Shortages 

(DMSMS) Fundamentals + +

CLL 203 Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material Shortages 

(DMSMS) Essentials + +

CLL 204 Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material Shortages 

(DMSMS) Case Studies +

CLL 205 Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material Shortages 

(DMSMS) for Technical Professionals +

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
102

Life Cycle Logistics Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

CLL 206 Parts Management Executive Overview + +

CLM 014 IPT Management and Leadership +

CLM 017 Risk Management + +

CLM 035 Environmental Safety and Occupational Health—Lesson 

from PMT 352A + +

CLM 038 Corrosion Prevention and Control Overview + +

CLM 041 Capabilities-Based Planning + +

CLM 044 Radio Frequency Identification 

CLM 047 Fiscal and Physical Accountability and Management of DoD

Equipment +

CLM 101 Analysis of Alternatives (AoA) (USAF Process) +

CLM 200 Item-Unique Identification +

CLR 250 Capabilities-Based Assessment + +

CON 237 Simplified Acquisition Procedures +

HBS 201 Budgeting + +

HBS 214 Crisis Management + +

PMT 202 Multinational Program Management (R) + +

PMT 352A Program Management Office Course, Part A +

PMT 352B Program Management Office Course, Part B (R) +

PQM 301 Advanced Production, Quality, and Manufacturing (R) +

RQM 403 Requirements Management Executive Overview (R) +

SYS 203 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, and 

Engineering, Part II (R) + +

TST 303 Advanced Test and Evaluation (R) + +

Education: Master’s degree in a logistics, business, management, or technical field, such as systems design and operational effectiveness, or similar systems 

engineering/technical education, business administration, and/or supply chain management 

Joint Professional Military Education (JPME) such as Industrial College of the Armed Forces (ICAF)

Experie nce: 8 years of life cycle logistics experience in support of acquisition or sustainment of DoD weapons/materiel systems

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
103
104

Engineering and Technical Management 

Functional Communities

+ Mr. Stephen Welby 

Director, Systems Engineering, ODDR&E

Note: The Systems Planning, Research, Development, and 

Engineering functional community covers three career paths: 

Systems Engineering, Program Systems Engineer, and Science 

and Technology Manager. The Systems Engineering and 

the Program Systems Engineer career paths fall under the 

Engineering and Technical Management functional leader. 

The Science and Technology Manager career path is overseen 

by a different functional leader.

As the functional lead for the Technical Management 

career fields—which include Production, Quality, and 

Manufacturing (PQM); Systems Planning, Research, 

Development, and Engineering-Systems Engineer 

(SPRDE -SE); and Systems Planning, Research, 

Development, and Engineering-Program Systems 

Engineer (SPRDE -PSE)—I want to take this opportunity 

to emphasize our focus on acquisition excellence. Our

goal is to position the Defense Acquisition Workforce 

for success in the future by ensuring that we have the 

right mix of skills and capabilities in the workforce, 

focusing on technical excellence, and providing consistent 

and integrated policy and guidance to the technical 

management community. 

In collaboration with DAU , the Services, and components, 

we have put in place an infrastructure that appropriately 

connects certification levels to position requirements to 

support an agile workforce.

Production, Quality, and Manufacturing (PQM)

The PQM career field plays a vital role in ensuring that 

DoD products are delivered on time, perform as expected 

whenever they are needed, and are cost effective. In 

order to accomplish this, PQM engineers and quality 

assurance professionals must be deeply and actively 

involved with critical defense programs throughout the 

acquisition life cycle. 

The PQM curriculum has been updated to reflect 

that consideration of production readiness should no 

longer wait until the end of the development process. 

Producibility should be systematically examined 

throughout the development process as an integral 

part of the systems engineering technical reviews so 

manufacturing cost drivers can be eliminated in the early 

stages of system development. 

PQM courses are designed to produce quality 

professionals who can advise and collaborate with 

customers and suppliers to help them integrate quality 

practices into their manufacturing processes. Acquisition 

professionals capable of creating this type of partnership 

achieve a better understanding of the customer’s 

business needs and are crucial to successful performance 

with a competitive edge.

We are dedicated to providing more learning assets at 

the point of need, which is critical to the success of our 

Defense Acquisition Workforce recruiting, development, 

and retention strategies.

Total Workforce Size: 9,222

Level I or higher: 74% 

Level II or higher: 64%

Level III: 15%

Systems Planning, Research, Development, and 

Engineering—Systems Engineer (SPRDE-SE) and 

Program Systems Engineer (SPRDE-PSE)

The overall curricula for the SPRDE -SE and PSE career 

paths were designed to bring an enhanced depth of 

knowledge to the workforce at the appropriate level: 

entry, journeyman, or advanced. These curricula focus 

on the technical processes, technical management 

processes, integrated product team activities, and the 

ability to apply critical systems thinking concepts to 

complex technical management problems. The specific 
105

duties and qualifications of a SPRDE -SE or PSE workforce 

member may vary significantly, and a wide variety 

of engineering disciplines are represented within the 

SPRDE -SE and PSE career paths. 

A primary goal of the new SPRDE -PSE career path is 

to facilitate development of a select cadre of more 

experienced systems engineers who possess crossdisciplinary technical skills grounded in broad-based 

training. These skills and training will better prepare 

them for critical senior leadership positions such as lead 

or chief systems engineer. The experience standards 

established for the SPRDE -PSE career path certification 

have been significantly increased, and the training 

standards have been expanded to include a variety 

of technical courses in addition to the core functional 

systems engineering courses. Effective implementation 

of the SPRDE -PSE career path will provide greater clarity 

and improved focus for the critical systems engineering 

talent within the technical management workforce. 

SPRDE-SE

Total Workforce Size: 37,842

Level I or higher: 79% 

Level II or higher: 67%

Level III: 53%

SPRDE-PSE

Total Workforce Size: 264

Level I or higher: 42% 

Level II or higher: 40%

Level III: 34%
106

Production, Quality and Manufacturing Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Quality Assurance Engineer 

•	 Builds quality characteristics (i.e., performance, cost, durability, safety, ease of use, reliability,

maintainability, availability, ease of disposal, simplicity of design, and configuration management) into the designs of the products and services.

•	 Ensures consistency of requirements as they flow down to the component level.

+ Quality Assurance Specialist 

•	 Ensures the appropriate quality characteristics have been integrated into the products.

•	 Monitors products and services through life cycle and the supply chain.

•	 Validates/verifies adherence to specified requirements through test and measurement

activities.

+ Manufacturing/Production Engineer 

•	 Participates in manufacturing planning.

•	 Builds producibility into designs (tooling, facilities, and products).

•	 Evaluates production capability and capacity of manufacturing processes.

+ Manufacturing/Production Specialist 

•	 Performs production surveillance.

•	 Monitors schedule and delivery processes.

•	 Participates in assessing manufacturing/production readiness.

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

+ Functional Training

•	 PQM 101 Production, Quality, and Manufacturing Fundamentals

•	 CLC 024 Basic Math Tutorial

•	 CLM 017 Risk Management

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience 1 year of acquisition experience in manufacturing, production, or quality assurance

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Weapon Systems Services Business 

Mgmt/IT International Acq

CLE 004 Introduction to Lean Enterprise Concepts + + + +

CLE 011 Modeling and Simulation for Systems Engineering + +

CLE 015 Continuous Process Improvement Familiarization + + + +

CLE 201 ISO 9000:2000 + + + +

LOG 101 Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals + + + +

LOG 102 Systems Sustainment Management Fundamentals + +

PQM 103 Defense Specification Management (R) + + +

PQM 104 Specification Selection and Application (R) + + +

 SYS 101 Fundamentals of Systems Planning, Research, Development, 

and Engineering + + + +

TST 102 Fundamentals of Test and Evaluation + +

Education: Baccalaureate degree in engineering, chemistry, physical science, mathematics, statistics, manufacturing or production management, industrial technology or 

management, business, quality assurance, or a related field

Experie nce: At least 4 weeks of rotational assignments at a contractor and/or governmental industrial facility that includes experience in quality, manufacturing, engineering, 

and contracting

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development 

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

•“(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

•Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in 

the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section o f the CL course description and the course can be 

substituted to meet the certification standard. 
107

Production, Quality and Manufacturing Level II

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Quality Assurance Engineer 

•	 Builds quality characteristics (i.e., performance, cost, durability, safety, ease of use, reliability,

maintainability, availability, ease of disposal, simplicity of design, and configuration

management) into the designs of the products and services.

•	 Ensures consistency of requirements as they flow down to the component level.

+ Quality Assurance Specialist 

•	 Ensures appropriate quality characteristics have been integrated into the product.

•	 Monitors the products and services through life cycle and the supply chain.

•	 Validates/verifies adherence to specified requirements through test and measurement

activities.

•	 Leads and coordinates quality assurance activities.

+ Manufacturing/Production Engineer 

•	 Evaluates manufacturing planning.

•	 Builds producibility in designs (tooling, facilities, and products).

•	 Evaluates production capability and capacity of manufacturing processes.

•	 Coordinates with systems engineering and design functions.

+ Manufacturing/Production Specialist 

•	 Performs production surveillance.

•	 Monitors schedule and delivery processes.

•	 Evaluates manufacturing/production readiness.

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R)

+ Functional Training

•	 PQM 201A Intermediate Production, Quality, and Manufacturing, Part A

•	 PQM 201B Intermediate Production, Quality, and Manufacturing, Part B (R)

•	 CLE 003 Technical Reviews

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience 2 years of acquisition experience in manufacturing, production, or quality assurance

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Weapon Systems Services Business 

Mgmt/IT International Acq

CLC 011 Contracting for the Rest of Us + + + +

CLC 042 Predictive Analysis and Quality Assurance + +

CLE 001 Value Engineering + + + +

CLE 008 Six Sigma: Concepts and Processes + +

CLE 009 System Safety in Systems Engineering + + + +

 CLE 017 Technical Planning + +

CLE 028 Market Research for Engineering and Technical Personnel +

CLE 301 Reliability and Maintainability + + + +

CLM 021 Introduction to Reducing Total Ownership Costs (R-TOC ) + + + +

LOG 103 Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability (RAM) + +

LOG 200 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part A + + +

LOG 204 Configuration Management + + +

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development 

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

•“(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

•Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in 

the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section o f the CL course description and the course can be 

substituted to meet the certification standard. 
108

Production, Quality and Manufacturing Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Quality Assurance Engineer 

•	 Builds quality characteristics (i.e., performance, cost, durability, safety, ease of use, reliability,

maintainability, availability, ease of disposal, simplicity of design, and configuration management) into the designs of the products and services.

•	 Ensures consistency of requirements as they flow down to the component level.

•	 Manages transition through various life-cycle phases.

•	 Influences continuous process-improvement activities.

+ Quality Assurance Specialist 

•	 Ensures the appropriate quality characteristics have been integrated into the product.

•	 Monitors the products and services through life cycle and the supply chain.

•	 Validates/verifies adherence to specified requirements through test and measurement

activities.

•	 Manages/leads quality-assurance activities.

+ Manufacturing/Production Engineer 

•	 Participates in manufacturing planning.

•	 Builds producibility in designs (tooling, facilities, and products).

•	 Evaluates production capability and capacity of manufacturing processes.

•	 Influences continuous process improvement activities and the design process.

+ Manufacturing/Production Specialist 

•	 Performs production surveillance.

•	 Monitors schedule and delivery processes.

•	 Manages/leads manufacturing/production readiness reviews.

•	 Manages/leads manufacturing/production processes and resources.

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training None required

+ Functional Training •	 PQM 301 Advanced Production, Quality, and Manufacturing (R)

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience 4 years of acquisition experience in manufacturing, production, or quality assurance

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Weapon Systems Services Business 

Mgmt/IT International Acq

 CLC 019 Leveraging DCMA for Program Success + + + +

 CLC 040 Predictive Analysis and Scheduling + +

CLC 042 Predictive Analysis and Quality Assurance + +

CLE 007 Lean Six Sigma for Manufacturing + + + +

CLE 021 Technology Readiness Assessments + +

CLL 008 Designing for Supportability in DoD Systems + +

PMT 251 Program Management Tools Course, Part I + + + +

PMT 256 Program Management Tools Course, Part II + + + +

PMT 352A Program Management Office Course, Part A + + + +

Education: Master’s degree in business, production management, engineering, or a related field

Experie nce: At least one 90-day rotational assignment at a contractor and/or government industrial facility that includes experience in quality, manufacturing, engineering, 

and contracting

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development 

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
109
110

SPRDE – Program Systems Engineer Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Acquisition Program Systems Engineer 

•	 Demonstrates how systems engineering technical and technical management processes apply	

to acquisition programs.

•	 Interacts with program IPTs regarding the proper application of systems engineering processes.

•	 Develops systems models and work breakdown structures; uses top-down design and	

bottom-up product realization.

+ Sustainment Program Systems Engineer 

•	 Demonstrates how systems engineering processes apply while working in a program office or	

user support team supporting in-service, out-of-production systems.

•	 Interacts with user support teams regarding sustainability and reliability/maintainability	

improvements on fielded systems.

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

+ Functional Training

•	 SYS 101 Fundamentals of Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering

•	 Two 100-level courses from among the following career fields/paths: PM, T&E, PQM, LCL,	

BCEFM, IT, or CON

Effective Oct. 1, 2010, the two 100-level courses must come from the following list:

—BCF 102 Fundamentals of Earned Value Management

—IRM 101 Basic Information Systems Acquisition

—LOG 101 Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals

—LOG 102 Systems Sustainment Management Fundamentals

—PQM 101 Production, Quality, and Manufacturing Fundamentals

—TST 102 Fundamentals of Test and Evaluation

+ Education

Baccalaureate or graduate degree in a technical or scientific field such as engineering, physics,

chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research, engineering management, or computer

science

+ Experience

•	 2 years of experience in an SPRDE-SE, SPRDE-PSE, or SPRDE-S&TM acquisition position

•	 Similar experience gained from other government positions or industry is acceptable as long as	

it meets the above standards

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Acq Prg Sys Eng Sus Prg Sys Eng

BCF 102 Fundamentals of Earned Value Management +

BCF 106 Fundamentals of Cost Analysis +

BCF 107 Applied Cost Analysis (R) +

CLB 009 Planning, Programming, Budgeting, and Execution and 

Budget Exhibits + +

CLB 016 Introduction to Earned Value Management + +

CLC 108 Strategic Sourcing Overview +

CLC 112 Contractors Accompanying the Force +

CLE 001 Value Engineering + +

CLE 004 Introduction to Lean Enterprise Concepts + +

CLE 009 System Safety in Systems Engineering +

CLE 011 Modeling and Simulation for Systems Engineering +

CLE 015 Continuous Process Improvement Familiarization + +

CLE 036 Engineering Change Proposals for Engineers + +

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development 

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
111

SPRDE – Program Systems Engineer Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

CLL 002 Defense Logistics Agency Support to the PM + +

CLL 006 Depot Maintenance Partnering +

CLL 011 Performance-Based Logistics + +

CLL 017 Introduction to Defense Distribution +

CLM 013 Work-Breakdown Structure +

CLM 016 Cost Estimating + +

CLM 017 Risk Management + +

CLM 021 Introduction to Reducing Total Ownership Costs (R-TOC ) +

CLM 032 Evolutionary Acquisition + +

IRM 101 Basic Information Systems Acquisition + +

LOG 101 Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals +

LOG 102 Systems Sustainment Management Fundamentals +

PQM 101 Production, Quality, and Manufacturing Fundamentals +

TST 102 Fundamentals of Test and Evaluation + +

Education: None specified

Experie nce: None specified

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development 

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
112

SPRDE – Program Systems Engineer Level II

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Acquisition Program Systems Engineer •	 Applies systems engineering technical and technical management processes in IPTs.

•	 Develops program/project systems engineering plans, etc.

+ Sustainment Program Systems Engineer 

•	 Applies systems engineering processes in program offices and/or user support teams for	

in-service, out-of-production systems.

•	 Develops system upgrade/modification plans to support new or interoperability requirements.

•	 Develops obsolescence mitigation, technology insertion/modernization, reliability	

maintainability improvement plans, etc., as appropriate.

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R)

+ Functional Training

•	 LOG 204 Configuration Management

•	 SYS 202 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering, Part I

•	 SYS 203 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering, Part II (R)

•	 CLE 003 Technical Reviews

•	 One 100- or 200-level course from among the following career fields/paths: PM, T&E, PQM,	

LCL, BCEFM, IT, or CON

•	 Effective Oct. 1, 2010, the one 100- or 200-level course must come from the following list:

—BCF 106 Fundamentals of Cost Analysis

—BCF 208 Software Cost Estimating (R)

—IRM 202 Intermediate Information Systems Acquisition (R)

—LOG 103 Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability (RAM)

—PMT 251 Program Management Tools Course, Part I

—PQM 201A Intermediate Production, Quality, and Manufacturing, Part A

—STM 202 Intermediate S&T Management (R)

—TST 203 Intermediate Test and Evaluation (R)

+ Education

Baccalaureate or graduate degree in a technical or scientific field such as engineering, physics,

chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research, engineering management, or computer

science

+ Experience

•	 4 years of experience in an acquisition position. Of that:	

— At least 3 years of experience in an SPRDE-SE, SPRDE-PSE, or SPRDE-S&TM

acquisition position

— Remainder may come from IT, T&E, PQM, PM, or LCL

•	 Similar experience gained from other government positions or industry is acceptable as long as	

it meets the above standards

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Acq Prg Sys Eng Sus Prg Sys Eng

CLE 007 Lean Six Sigma for Manufacturing + +

CLE 008 Six Sigma: Concepts and Processes + +

CLE 017 Technical Planning + +

CLE 021 Technology Readiness Assessments +

CLE 026 Trade Studies + +

CLL 022 Title 10 Depot Maintenance Statute Overview +

CLL 023 Title 10 U.S.C. 2464 Core Statute Implementation +

CLL 024 Title 10 Limitations on the Performance of Depot-Level 

Maintenance (50/50) +

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in

the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section o f the CL course description and the course can be

substituted to meet the certification standard. 
113

SPRDE – Program Systems Engineer Level II

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

CLL 025 Depot Maintenance Interservice Support Agreements 

(DMISA ) +

CLM 029 Net-Ready Key Performance Parameter (NR-KPP) +

CLM 101 Analysis of Alternatives (AoA) (USAF Process) +

LOG 103 Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability (RAM) +

LOG 200 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part A +

LOG 201 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part B (R) +

LOG 235 Performance-Based Logistics, Part A +

LOG 236 Performance-Based Logistics, Part B (R) +

PMT 251 Program Management Tools Course, Part I +

PMT 256 Program Management Tools Course, Part II + +

PQM 201A Intermediate Production, Quality, and Manufacturing, Part A +

PQM 201BIntermediate Production, Quality, and Manufacturing, Part B (R) +

TST 203 Intermediate Test and Evaluation (R) +

Education: Advanced degree or graduate studies in engineering, physics, chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research, engineering management, computer 

science, or a related field.

Experie nce: None specified

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in

the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section o f the CL course description and the course can be

substituted to meet the certification standard. 
114

SPRDE – Program Systems Engineer Level III 

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Acquisition Program Systems Engineer 

•	 Analyzes and applies processes while integrating multiple domains (analytic or engineering	

specialties) at a system or systems-of-systems level.

•	 Leads and/or manages systems engineering activities, develops systems engineering plans, and	

leads and facilitates IPTs.

•	 Demonstrates excellence in management, leadership, communications, and briefing skills.

+ Sustainment Program Systems Engineer 

•	 Leads and/or manages systems engineering activities for programs supporting in-service, out	

of-production systems.

•	 Analyzes and applies systems engineering processes in planning and execution of obsolescence	

mitigation, system upgrades and modifications, technology insertion, modernization,	

sustainability, reliability/maintainability improvements, etc., as appropriate.

•	 Demonstrates excellence in management, leadership, communications, and briefing skills.

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training Through Sept. 30, 2010: None required

Effective Oct. 1, 2010: Acquisition Training identified at Level II must have been completed

+ Functional Training

•	 SYS 302 Technical Leadership in Systems Engineering (R)

•	 CLL 008 Designing for Supportability in DoD Systems

•	 Two 200- or 300-level courses from among the following career fields/paths: PM, T&E, PQM,	

LCL, BCEFM, IT, or CON

•	 Effective Oct. 1, 2010,the two 200- or 300-level courses must come from the following list:

—BCF 211 Acquisition Business Management (R)

—IRM 304 Advanced Information Systems Acquisition (R)

—LOG 200 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part A

—LOG 201 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part B (R)

—PMT 256 Program Management Tools Course, Part II

—PQM 201B Intermediate Production, Quality, and Manufacturing, Part B (R)

—PQM 301 Advanced Production, Quality, and Manufacturing (R)

—STM 303 Advanced S&T Management (R)

—TST 303 Advanced Test and Evaluation (R)

+ Education

Baccalaureate or graduate degree in a technical or scientific field such as engineering, physics,

chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research, engineering management, or computer

science

+ Experience

•	 8 years of experience in an acquisition position. Of that:	

— Atleast 5 years of experience in an SPRDE-SE, SPRDE-PSE, or SPRDE-S&TMacquisition position

— Remainder may come from IT, T&E, PQM, PM, or LCL

•	 Similar experience gained from other government positions or industry is acceptable as long as	

it meets the above standards

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Acq Prg Sys Eng Sus Prg Sys Eng

ACQ 450 Leading in the Acquisition Environment (R) + +

ACQ 451 Integrated Acquisition For Decision Makers (R) + +

ACQ 452 Forging Stakeholder Relationships (R) + +

CLL 014 Joint Systems Integrated Support Strategies (JSISS ) +

CLL 015 Business Case Analysis +

CLL 203 Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material Shortages 

(DMSMS) Essentials +

CLL 204 Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material Shortages 

(DMSMS) Case Studies +

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in

the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section o f the CL course description and the course can be

substituted to meet the certification standard. 
115

SPRDE – Program Systems Engineer Level III 

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

CLM 014 IPT Management and Leadership + +

CLM 031 Improved Statement of Work + +

CLM 035 Environmental Safety and Occupational Health—Lesson 

from PMT 352A + +

CLM 200 Item-Unique Identification +

FE 201 Intermediate Facilities Engineering +

LOG 350 Enterprise Life Cycle Logistics Management (R) +

PMT 352A Program Management Office Course, Part A + +

PMT 352B Program Management Office Course, Part B (R) + +

PQM 301 Advanced Production, Quality, and Manufacturing (R) +

TST 303 Advanced Test and Evaluation (R) + +

Education: Advanced degree or graduate studies in engineering, physics, chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research, engineering management, computer 

science, or a related field.

Experie nce: None specified

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in

the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section o f the CL course description and the course can be

substituted to meet the certification standard. 
116

SPRDE – Systems Engineering Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Functional Specialist 

•	 Plans, organizes, and conducts engineering activities relating to the design, development,	

fabrication, installation, modification, sustainment, and/or analysis of systems or systems	

components for a functional specialty (i.e., reliability and maintainability, systems safety,	

materials, avionics, structures, propulsion, chemical/biological, human systems interfaces,	

weapons, etc.).

•	 Demonstrates how systems engineering technical processes and technical management	

processes guide engineering activities for a functional specialty.

+ Software/IT Engineer 

•	 Plans, organizes, and conducts engineering activities relating to the design, development, and/	

or analysis of software and information technology systems or systems components.

•	 Demonstrates how systems engineering technical processes and technical management	

processes guide software development and/orIT integration activities.

+ Developmental Engineer

•	 Plans, organizes, and conducts engineering design and development activities for systems or	

systems components.

•	 Demonstrates how systems engineering technical processes and technical management	

processes guide design and development activities.

+ Science and Technology (Research Engineer or Scientist)

•	 Plans, organizes, and conducts science and technology research and engineering activities	

supporting acquisition programs, projects, or activities.

•	 Demonstrates how systems engineering technical processes and technical management	

processes guide science and technology research and engineering activities.

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

+ Functional Training SYS 101 Fundamentals of Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering

+ Education

Baccalaureate or graduate degree in a technical or scientific field such as engineering, physics,

chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research, engineering management, or computer

science

+ Experience

•	 1 year of technical experience in an acquisition position from among the following career fields/

paths: SPRDE-SE, SPRDE-S&T, IT, T&E, PQM, FE, PM, or LCL

•	 Similar experience gained from other government positions or industry is acceptable as long as

it meets the above standards

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Func Spc Soft/IT Eng Dev Eng S&T (Res Eng/Sci)

BCF 102 Fundamentals of Earned Value Management + +

BCF 106 Fundamentals of Cost Analysis +

BCF 107 Applied Cost Analysis (R) +

CLE 001 Value Engineering +

CLE 004 Introduction to Lean Enterprise Concepts + + + +

CLE 009 System Safety in Systems Engineering + +

CLE 011 Modeling and Simulation for Systems Engineering + + + +

CLE 015 Continuous Process Improvement Familiarization + + + +

CLE 036 Engineering Change Proposals for Engineers + + + +

CLL 011 Performance-Based Logistics +

CLM 013 Work-Breakdown Structure + + + +

CLM 016 Cost Estimating + + + +

CLM 017 Risk Management + + + +

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction.
117

SPRDE – Systems Engineering Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

IRM 101 Basic Information Systems Acquisition +

LOG 101 Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals + +

LOG 102 Systems Sustainment Management Fundamentals +

PQM 101 Production, Quality, and Manufacturing Fundamentals + +

SAM 101 Basic Software Acquisition Management +

TST 102 Fundamentals of Test and Evaluation + + + +

Education: None specified

Experie nce: 1 year of technical experience (in addition to core certification experience)

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction.
118

SPRDE – Systems Engineering Level II

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Functional Specialist 

•	 Organizes, conducts, and/or monitors engineering activities in a functional specialty relating	

to the design, development, fabrication, installation, modification, sustainment, and/or analysis	

of systems or systems components. Analyzes, conducts, and/or monitors engineering activities	

in a functional specialty relating to the design, development, fabrication, installation,	

modification, sustainment, and/or analysis of systems or systems components.

•	 Applies systems engineering technical and technical management processes to a functional	

specialty in IPT environments.

+ Software/IT Engineer 

•	 Organizes, conducts, and/or monitors engineering activities relating to the design,	

development, and/or analysis of software and information technology systems or systems	

components.

•	 Applies systems engineering technical and technical management processes to software and IT	

development.

+ Developmental Engineer

•	 Organizes, conducts, and/or monitors engineering design and development activities for	

systems or systems components.

•	 Applies systems engineering technical and technical management processes during systems	

development.

+ Science and Technology (Research Eng or Scientist)

•	 Organizes, conducts, and/or monitors science and technology research and engineering	

activities supporting acquisition programs, projects, or activities.

•	 Applies systems engineering technical and technical management processes to managing or	

conducting science and technology research and engineering activities.

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R)

+ Functional Training

SYS 202 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering, Part I

SYS 203 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering, Part II (R)

CLE 003 Technical Reviews

+ Education

Baccalaureate or graduate degree in a technical or scientific field such as engineering, physics,

chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research, engineering management, or computer

science

+ Experience

•	 2 years of technical experience in an acquisition position. Of that:	

— At least1 year in a SPRDE-SE, SPRDE-PSE, or SPRDE-S&TM position	

— Remainder may come from IT, T&E, PQM, PM, or LCL

•	 Similar experience gained from other government positions or industry is acceptable as long as	

it meets the above standards

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Func Spc Soft/IT Eng Dev Eng S&T (Res Eng/Sci)

CLB 016 Introduction to Earned Value Management + +

CLB 017 Performance Measurement Baseline + +

CLC 041 Predictive Analysis and Systems Engineering + +

CLE 007 Lean Six Sigma for Manufacturing + + +

CLE 016 Outcome-Based Performance Measures + +

CLE 017 Technical Planning + + + +

CLE 026 Trade Studies + + + +

CLM 029 Net-Ready Key Performance Parameter (NR-KPP) + + + +

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in

the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section o f the CL course description and the course can be

substituted to meet the certification standard. 
119

SPRDE – Systems Engineering Level II

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

CLM 031 Improved Statement of Work + + + +

CLM 032 Evolutionary Acquisition + + +

CLM 101 Analysis of Alternatives (AoA) (USAF Process) + + +

IRM 202 Intermediate Information Systems Acquisition (R) +

LOG 103 Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability (RAM) + +

LOG 200 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part A + +

LOG 204 Configuration Management + + + +

PQM 201A Intermediate Production, Quality, and Manufacturing, Part A +

STM 202 Intermediate S&T Management (R) +

TST 203 Intermediate Test and Evaluation (R) +

Education: Graduate degree in a discipline such as engineering, physics, chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research, engineering management, or computer 

science

Experie nce: 2 years of technical experience (in addition to core certification experience)

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in

the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section o f the CL course description and the course can be

substituted to meet the certification standard. 
120

SPRDE – Systems Engineering Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Functional Specialist 

•	 Leads and/or manages engineering activities in a functional specialty relating to the design,	

development, fabrication, installation, modification, sustainment, and/or analysis of systems or	

systems components.

•	 Ensures appropriate systems engineering technical and technical management processes are	

properly applied to functional specialty activities that support IPT environments.

+ Software/IT Engineer 

•	 Leads and/or manages engineering activities relating to the design, development, and/or	

analysis of software and information technology systems or systems components.

•	 Ensures appropriate systems engineering processes are properly applied to software	

development and/orIT integration activities.

+ Developmental Engineer

•	 Leads and/or manages design and development activities for systems or systems components.

•	 Ensures appropriate systems engineering processes are properly applied during systems	

development.

+ Science and Technology (Research Eng or Scientist)

•	 Leads and/or manages science and technology research and engineering activities supporting	

acquisition programs, projects, or activities.

•	 Ensures appropriate systems engineering processes are properly applied during science and	

technology activities.

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training Acquisition Training identified at Level II must have been completed

+ Functional Training •	 SYS 302 Technical Leadership in Systems Engineering (R)

•	 CLL 008 Designing for Supportability in DoD Systems

+ Education

Baccalaureate or graduate degree in a technical or scientific field such as engineering, physics,

chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research, engineering management, or computer

science

+ Experience

•	 4 years of technical experience in an acquisition position. Of that:	

— At least 3 years in an SPRDE-SE, SPRDE-PSE, or SPRDE-S&TM position	

— Remainder may come from IT, T&E, PQM, PM, or LCL

•	 Similar experience gained from other government positions or industry is acceptable as long as	

it meets the above standards

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Func Spc Soft/IT Eng Dev Eng S&T (Res Eng/Sci)

CLE 008 Six Sigma: Concepts and Processes + + + +

CLE 021 Technology Readiness Assessments + + + +

CLE 301 Reliability and Maintainability + + + +

CLL 022 Title 10 Depot Maintenance Statute Overview + +

CLL 023 Title 10 U.S.C. 2464 Core Statute Implementation +

CLL 024 Title 10 Limitations on the Performance of Depot-Level 

Maintenance (50/50) +

CLL 025 Depot Maintenance Interservice Support Agreements 

(DMISA ) +

CLM 014 IPT Management and Leadership + + + +

CLM 034 Science and Technology—Lesson from PMT 352A +

LOG 201 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part B (R) + +

LOG 235 Performance-Based Logistics, Part A +

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in

the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section o f the CL course description and the course can be

substituted to meet the certification standard. 
121

SPRDE – Systems Engineering Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

LOG 236 Performance-Based Logistics, Part B (R) +

PMT 251 Program Management Tools Course, Part I + + +

PMT 256 Program Management Tools Course, Part II + +

PMT 352A Program Management Office Course, Part A + +

PQM 203 Preparation of Commercial Item Description for Engineering 

and Technical Personnel +

SAM 301 Advanced Software Acquisition Management (R) +

STM 303 Advanced S&T Management (R) +

TST 303 Advanced Test and Evaluation (R) + + + +

Education: Graduate degree in a discipline such as engineering, physics, chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research, engineering management, or computer 

science

Experience : 4 years of technical experience (in addition to core certification experience)

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in

the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section o f the CL course description and the course can be

substituted to meet the certification standard. 
122

Science and Technology Functional Community 

Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering–Science and 

Technology Manager

Total Workforce Size: 682

Level I or higher: 48% » Level II or higher: 43% » Level III: 35%

+ Dr. John Fischer 

Director, Laboratory Office, ODDR&E

Science and technology managers are typically scientists 

and engineers primarily involved in the material solution 

analysis and technology development phases of the 

defense acquisition system. They may, however, be 

involved in any phase of the acquisition process from 

basic research through deployment and demilitarization.

Primary duties include developing overall program goals 

for science and technology funds; acquiring the services 

of scientists, engineers, and technical support personnel 

who are experts in their fields to perform science 

and technology research for DoD; providing funds to 

and oversight of science and technology performers 

(including universities, industry, and federal government 

organizations); and interfacing with the customer to

expedite the transition of technology to the user.
123

SPRDE – Science and Technology Manager Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Science and Technology Conducts, and/or monitors science and technology activities including basic research, applied

research and/or advanced technology development in support of acquisition programs.

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

+ Functional Training •	 SYS 101 Fundamentals of Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering

•	 CLE 045 Introduction to DoD Science & Technology Management

+ Education

Baccalaureate or graduate degree in a technical or scientific field such as, but not limited to,

engineering, physics, chemistry, biology, psychology, mathematics, operations research,

engineering management, or computer science

+ Experience 1 year of technical experience related to science and technology management

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Science & Technology

CLE 011 Modeling and Simulation for Systems Engineering +

CLM 013 Work-Breakdown Structure +

CLM 016 Cost Estimating +

CLM 017 Risk Management +

CLM 024 Contracting Overview +

TST 102 Fundamentals of Test and Evaluation +

Education: None specified

Experie nce: None specified

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
124

SPRDE – Science and Technology Manager Level II

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Science and Technology 

Organizes, conducts, and/or monitors science and technology activities including basic

research, applied research and/or advanced technology development; may also provide direct

support to acquisition program managers.

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

+ Functional Training •	 STM 202 Intermediate S&T Management (R)

•	 CLE 021 Technology Readiness Assessments

+ Education

Baccalaureate or graduate degree in a technical or scientific field such as, but not limited to,

engineering, physics, chemistry, biology, psychology, mathematics, operations research,

engineering management, or computer science

+ Experience 2 years of technical experience related to science and technology management

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Science & Technology

CLB 011 Budget Policy +

CLB 016 Introduction to Earned Value Management +

CLC 036 Other Transaction Authority for Prototype Projects Overview +

CLC 106 Contracting Officer's Representative with a Mission Focus +

CLE 003 Technical Reviews +

CLE 009 System Safety in Systems Engineering +

CLE 301 Reliability and Maintainability +

CLL 008 Designing for Supportability in DoD Systems +

CLM 012 Scheduling +

CLM 031 Improved Statement of Work +

CLM 035 Environmental Safety and Occupational Health—Lesson 

from PMT 352A +

CLM 036 Technology Transfer and Export Control Fundamentals +

CLM 101 Analysis of Alternatives (AoA) (USAF Process) +

LOG 101 Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals +

Education: None specified

Experie nce: None specified

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in

the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section o f the CL course description and the course can be

substituted to meet the certification standard. 
125

SPRDE – Science and Technology Manager Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Science and Technology 

Leads and/or manages science and technology activities including basic research, applied

research and/or advanced technology development; may also provide direct support to acquisition program managers.

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training CLM 014 IPT Management and Leadership

+ Functional Training STM 303 Advanced S&T Management (R)

+ Education

Baccalaureate or graduate degree in a technical or scientific field such as, but not limited to,

engineering, physics, chemistry, biology, psychology, mathematics, operations research,

engineering management, or computer science

+ Experience 4 years of technical experience related to science and technology management

Unique Position Training Standards2

+ Advanced Technology Development Manager (Individuals with 

primary management responsibilities for significant BA 3 projects such as Advanced Technology Demonstrations, Joint Capability Demonstrations, and Future Naval Capabilities Programs)

•	 ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R)

•	 CLB 017 Performance Measurement Baseline

•	 CLB 018 Earned Value and Financial Management Reports

•	 CLB 020 Baseline Maintenance

•	 CLE 026 Trade Studies

•	 CLM 029 Net-Ready Key Performance Parameter (NR-KPP)

•	 CLM 041 Capabilities-Based Planning

•	 PMT 251 Program Management Tools Course, Part I

•	 PMT 256 Program Management Tools Course, Part II

•	 PMT 352A Program Management Office Course, Part A

Core Plus Development Guide3

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Science & Technology

CLB 017 Performance Measurement Baseline +

CLE 026 Trade Studies +

CLM 029 Net-Ready Key Performance Parameter (NR-KPP) +

CLM 041 Capabilities-Based Planning +

Education: None specified

Experie nce: None specified

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 The training listed in the Unique Position Training Standards section for workforce members assigned to these positions is recommended. 

3 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development 

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
126

Test and Evaluation Functional Community 

Total Workforce Size: 8,229

Level I or higher: 71% » Level II or higher: 58% » Level III: 41%

+ Mr. Edward Greer 

Director, Developmental Test 

and Evaluation, ODDR&E

As the functional leader for the Test and Evaluation (T&E) 

career field, my primary goals are improving the quality 

of the T&E workforce and providing consistent and 

integrated T&E policy and guidance. Our responsibility 

to train and maintain the T&E workforce involves keeping 

the T&E functional and core acquisition competencies 

current, establishing certification standards, and 

developing T&E position category descriptions.

Our T&E courses provide essential knowledge that 

T&E professionals require to effectively participate 

in DoD T&E activities. In order to assist in reducing 

cost, schedule, and performance for major defense 

acquisition programs, T&E professionals need to have 

a foundation that includes understanding technical 

maturity and performance baselines; knowledge and 

application of technical reviews; design considerations; 

reliability growth; and the practical use of T&E concepts 

and principles during planning, execution, and reporting 

for a system or system-of-systems. In addition to the 

foundation, the Office of the Director, Developmental 

Test and Evaluation (ODDT &E) forecasts growing 

areas for expertise and education in interoperability, 

information and system assurance, reliability and 

maintainability, and enhanced use of modeling and 

simulation and stimulants.

As the functional leader, I provide oversight by reviewing 

DAU education and training requirements as well as 

validating the certification standards for each of the 

three T&E certification levels. ODDT &E also updates 

the requirements according to changes in statutory and 

regulatory acquisition policies, practices, and procedures. 

Currently, ODDT &E continues to develop learning 

modules for T&E in modeling and simulation and testing 

in a joint environment.

The T&E workforce requires increasing knowledge 

and skills to adequately identify and evaluate system 

vulnerabilities. Since T&E in joint programs and systemof-systems comprehension presents challenges, it is 

important to prepare the workforce for complex system 

dependencies and interoperability issues. A part of 

ODDT &E’s mission is to ensure that there is a high quality 

of the T&E workforce in order to provide the warfighter 

with affordable, supportable, and effective performancebased systems.
127
128

Test and Evaluation Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Headquarters and Staff (OSD, JS, COCOMs, JITC, SYSCOMs, etc.) 

•	 Supports research and development of T&E policy, practices, metrics, and procedures.

•	 Supports development of metrics (e.g., CTPs, MOEs, MOPs, COIs, success criteria)	

identification, direction, and guidance applicable to the Service/agency involvement in T&E.

•	 Supports T&E office representative to T&E meetings and otherforums.

•	 Supports tracking/auditing of the T&E aspects of products/systems in the acquisition process.

•	 Supports development of the T&E career management plan for recruiting, training, and	

retaining a professional T&E workforce.

•	 Supports development and execution of T&E processes, standards, methods, and techniques.

+ Program Management and Matrix Support 

•	 Supports the program’s T&E working-level IPT.

•	 Member of program’s T&E team developing a test and evaluation strategy (TES) and a test and	

evaluation master plan (TEMP).

•	 Supports development of program’s test and evaluation strategy, approach, process, schedule,	

and resource requirements.

•	 Supports implementation of metrics (e.g., CTPs, MOEs, MOPs, COIs, success criteria) relative	

to product/system undertest.

•	 Supports development of T&E materials and data for technical and progress reviews, including	

risk assessment.

+ Range/Lab/Field Supporting Activities 

•	 Supports identification, process, schedule for T&E resources, including: workforce,	

infrastructure, and budgets to support testing as expected for the respective facility.

•	 Supports facility test plan development.

•	 Assists in test execution, data collection, analysis, and reporting.

•	 Supports the maintenance of the physical facility, environment, and coordination of renovations	

and repairs as necessary.

•	 Assists in the execution of Service/agency or DoD Information Assurance (IA) and System	

Assurance (SA) testing.

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

+ Functional Training

•	 SYS 101 Fundamentals of Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering

•	 TST 102 Fundamentals of Test and Evaluation

•	 CLE 023 Modeling and Simulation for Test and Evaluation

+ Education

24 semester hours or equivalent in technical or scientific courses such as mathematics (e.g.,

calculus, probability, statistics), physical sciences (e.g., chemistry, biology, physics), psychology, operations research/systems analysis, engineering, computer sciences, and information

technology

Baccalaureate degree or higher (any field of study)

+ Experience 1 year of acquisition experience

Effective Oct. 1, 2010, the experience must be in test and evaluation

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training HQ & Staff PM/Matrix Spt Rg/Lab/Fld Spt Act

CLB 007 Cost Analysis +

CLB 016 Introduction to Earned Value Management + + +

CLE 004 Introduction to Lean Enterprise Concepts + +

CLE 015 Continuous Process Improvement Familiarization + +

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in

the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section o f the CL course description and the course can be

substituted to meet the certification standard. 
129

Test and Evaluation Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

CLE 029 Testing In a Joint Environment + + +

CLE 301 Reliability and Maintainability + + +

IRM 101 Basic Information Systems Acquisition + + +

Education: None specified

Experie nce: None specified

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in

the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section o f the CL course description and the course can be

substituted to meet the certification standard. 
130

Test and Evaluation Level II

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Headquarters and Staff (OSD, JS, COCOMs, JITC, SYSCOMs,, etc.) 

•	 Supports research and development of test and evaluation strategy, policy, practices,	

procedures, and implementation direction and guidance.

•	 Supports development of metrics (e.g., CTPs, MOEs, MOPs, COIs, success criteria)	

identification, direction and guidance applicable to the headquarters.

•	 Serves as or supports the T&E office representative at T&E meetings and otherforums.

•	 Manages tracking/auditing of the T&E aspects of products/systems in the acquisition process	

and identifies T&E issues.

•	 Coordinates test and evaluation strategy (TES), test and evaluation master plan (TEMP), test

concepts, and test plans as well as certifying annual T&E budgets.

•	 Supports development of the T&E career management plan for recruiting, training, and	

retaining a professional T&E workforce.

•	 Supports development and execution of T&E processes, standards, methods and techniques.

+ Program Management and Matrix Support 

•	 Member of the program’s T&E working-level IPT.

•	 Directs/manages development and/orimplementation of metrics (e.g., CTPs, MOEs, MOPs,	

COIs, success criteria) relative to product/system undertest.

•	 Draftsandcoordinatestestandevaluationstrategy(TES)andtestandevaluationmasterplan(TEMP).

•	 Directs coordination of Information Assurance (IA) testing and the DoD IA Certification and	

Accreditation Process.

•	 Directs/manages development of program’s T&E approach, process, schedule, and resource	

requirements.

•	 Directs/manages development of T&E materials/data for technical and progress reviews,

including risk assessment.

•	 Identifies and coordinates T&E personnel and financialresources requirements.

•	 Provides guidance on test concepts and test plans development and submits annualT&E budgets.

+ Range/Lab/Field Supporting Activities 

•	 Identifies and schedules facility resources for T&E resources, including: workforce,	

infrastructure, and budgets to support testing.

•	 Ensures facility test and evaluation tools (IT, video, targets, simulators, stimulators,	

instrumentation, etc.) are capable of supporting T&E as expected for the respective facility.

•	 Leads facility test plan development and coordination.

•	 Ensures technical adequacy of T&E plans, and mitigation of safety risks for test plans and during	

test execution.

•	 Leads test execution, data collection, analysis, and reporting.

•	 Supports the maintenance of the physical facility, environment, and coordination of renovations	

and repairs as necessary.

•	 Manages the implementation of Service/agency or DoD Information Assurance (IA) and	

System Assurance (SA) policies.

•	 Leads the evaluation and reporting of test results.

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training •	 ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

•	 ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R)

+ Functional Training

•	 SYS 202 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering, Part I

•	 TST 203 Intermediate Test and Evaluation (R)

Effective Oct. 1, 2010, the below course will also be required:

•	 CLE 029 Testing In a Joint Environment

+ Education

24 semester hours or equivalent in technical or scientific courses such as mathematics (e.g.,

calculus, probability, statistics), physical sciences (e.g., chemistry, biology, physics), psychology, operations research/systems analysis, engineering, computer sciences, and information

technology

Baccalaureate degree or higher (any field of study)

+ Experience 2 years of test and evaluation experience

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
131

Test and Evaluation Level II

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training HQ & Staff PM/Matrix Spt Rg/Lab/Fld Spt Act

CLE 003 Technical Reviews + + +

CLE 015 Continuous Process Improvement Familiarization + + +

CLE 017 Technical Planning + + +

CLE 021 Technology Readiness Assessments + + +

CLE 025 Information Assurance (IA) for Acquisition Professionals + + +

CLE 037 Telemetry +

CLE 038 Time Space-Position Information +

CLE 039 Environmental Issues in Testing and Evaluation + +

CLM 013 Work-Breakdown Structure + + +

CLM 016 Cost Estimating + + +

CLM 017 Risk Management + + +

CLM 035 Environmental Safety and Occupational Health—Lesson 

from PMT 352A + + +

CLM 101 Analysis of Alternatives (AoA) (USAF Process) + +

IRM 202 Intermediate Information Systems Acquisition (R) + + +

LOG 101 Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals + + +

LOG 103 Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability (RAM) + + +

PQM 101 Production, Quality, and Manufacturing Fundamentals + +

Education: None specified

Experie nce: At least one year of field hands-on T&E activities

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
132

Test and Evaluation Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Headquarters and Staff (OSD, JS, COCOMs, JITC, SYSCOMS, etc.) 

•	 Manages identification, development, and implementation of T&E strategy, policy, practices,	

and procedures.

•	 Manages development of metrics (e.g., CTPs, MOEs, MOPs, COIs, success criteria)	

identification, direction, and guidance applicable to the respective Service/agency.

•	 Represents principal T&E office at T&E meetings and otherforums.

•	 Directs/manages tracking/auditing of the T&E aspects of products/systems in the acquisition	

process, identifies T&E issues, and recommends corrective actions as necessary.

•	 Manages development of the T&E career management plan for recruiting, training, and	

retaining a professional T&E workforce.

•	 Approves test and evaluation strategy (TES), test and evaluation master plans (TEMPs), test	

concepts, and test plans as well as certifying annual T&E budgets.

•	 Manages the development and execution ofT&E processes, standards, methods, and techniques.

+ Program Management and Matrix Support 

•	 Chairs or serves as a key member of the program’s T&E working-level IPT.

•	 Manages test and evaluation strategy (TES) and test and evaluation master plan (TEMP)	

development and securing final approvals.

•	 Directs/manages development of program’s T&E approach, process, schedule, and resource	

requirements.

•	 Directs/manages development of T&E materials for technical and progress reviews, including	

risk assessment.

•	 Identifies and coordinates T&E personnel and financialresources requirements.

•	 Provides guidance on test concepts and test plans development and submits annualT&E budgets.

+ Range/Lab/Field Supporting Activities 

•	 Manages the identification, process, and schedule for T&E resources, including: workforce,	

infrastructure, and budgets to support testing.

•	 Ensures facility test and evaluation tools (IT, targets, video, simulators, stimulators,	

instrumentation, etc.) are capable of supporting T&E.

•	 Directs/manages facility test plan development, coordination, and approval.

•	 Directs/manages technical and safety reviews of test plans.

•	 Directs/manages test execution, data collection, and analysis.

•	 Directs/manages evaluation and reporting test results.

•	 Directs/manages development of new T&E techniques, capture of lessons learned, and	

development of T&E best practices.

•	 Manages the maintenance of the physical facility, environment, and coordination of renovations	

and repairs as necessary.

•	 Directs/manages the implementation of Service/agency or DoD Information Assurance (IA),	

and System Assurance (SA) policies applicable to test facility.

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training Acquisition Training identified at Level II must have been completed

+ Functional Training •	 Functional Training identified at Level II must have been completed

•	 TST 303 Advanced Test and Evaluation (R)

+ Education

24 semester hours or equivalent in technical or scientific courses such as mathematics (e.g.,

calculus, probability, statistics), physical sciences (e.g., chemistry, biology, physics), psychology, operations research/systems analysis, engineering, computer sciences, and information

technology

Baccalaureate degree or higher (any field of study)

+ Experience 4 years of test and evaluation experience

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training HQ & Staff PM/Matrix Spt Rg/Lab/Fld Spt Act

CLB 009 Planning, Programming, Budgeting, and Execution and 

Budget Exhibits + +

CLC 011 Contracting for the Rest of Us + +

CLE 009 System Safety in Systems Engineering + + +

CLL 014 Joint Systems Integrated Support Strategies (JSISS ) +

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
133

Test and Evaluation Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

CLL 015 Business Case Analysis + + +

CLM 014 IPT Management and Leadership + + +

CLM 031 Improved Statement of Work + +

PMT 251 Program Management Tools Course, Part I + +

PMT 256 Program Management Tools Course, Part II + + +

SYS 203 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, and 

Engineering, Part II (R) + + +

Education: None specified

Experie nce: At least 2 years of field hands-on T&E activities

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development

Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
134
Acquisition Workforce Management 135

and Administration

p. 136 Overview of Acquisition 

Workforce Career Management

p. 137 U.S. Army DACM 

p. 138 U.S. Navy and Marine Corps

DACM 

p. 139 U.S. Air Force DACM 

p. 140 4th Estate DACM 

p. 141 Registration Procedures for 

 Non-DoD Students 

p. 141 DAU Administrative 

Information

Chapter 

Four
136

Overview of Acquisition Workforce 

Career Management

Directors, Acquisition Career Management (DACMs)

The DAC Ms assist in managing the accession, training, 

education, and career development of their respective 

components. There is a DAC M representative for each 

of the military services as well as for the 4th Estate. The 

4th Estate DAC M represents civilians assigned to the 

DoD components outside the military services (e.g., 

the Defense Contract Management Agency, Defense 

Logistics Agency, Defense Information Systems Agency, 

etc.).

The DAC Ms coordinate with DAU to ensure the 

learning and developmental needs of the Defense 

Acquisition Workforce are addressed. Additionally, 

the DAC Ms are instrumental in supporting enterprise 

human capital initiatives to create a high-performing 

Defense Acquisition Workforce. The following pages list 

important links and information regarding each DAC M.

How to Register

To register for a DAU course, go to your appropriate 

DAC M page in this catalog for links to registration 

websites and contact information. If you do not work as 

a member of the Department of Defense—for instance, 

if you are a federal government employee in a civilian 

agency, an employee working for a company that 

supports DoD, or an international representative—go 

to the Registration Procedures for Non-DoD Students 

section of this catalog.

You are encouraged to review the DAU administrative 

information in this section, which provides an overview 

of DAU ’s policies and procedures regarding attendance, 

cancellation, accommodations, transcript services, and 

other important information regarding taking a course at 

DAU .
137

LTG William N. Phillips

Army DAC M

U.S. Army DACM

The U.S. Army Director, Acquisition 

Career Management (DAC M) is charged 

with the responsibility to implement 

the Defense Acquisition Workforce Improvement Act 

(DAWIA) and the associated supplemental guidance. 

Enacted in 1990, the objective of DAWIA is to improve 

the quality and professionalism of the entire acquisition 

workforce by focusing on improving the effectiveness 

of the processes we implement to execute all phases of 

the acquisition life cycle. The DAC M is an advisor and 

staff assistant to the Assistant Secretary of the Army for 

Acquisition, Logistics, and Technology (ASA (ALT )) and 

represents the assistant secretary in all matters relating 

to efforts to improve the acquisition workforce and its 

associated acquisition processes through education, 

training, and career management. The Army DAC M 

reports directly to the ASA (ALT ) and also serves as the 

principal military deputy to the assistant secretary. The 

Army Deputy DAC M serves also as the Director of the 

U.S. Army Acquisition Support Center, whose job is to 

support the Army’s acquisition mission through superior 

personnel development systems and management 

support capabilities, enabling the most effective 

and efficient equipping of the nation’s forces while 

maintaining an internal culture of constant organizational

improvement.

The DAC M promotes leadership and professional 

development of the Army acquisition workforce and 

ensures individual skill sets are matched with relevant 

work requirements, all while promoting an environment 

of open communication where the workforce can 

understand their role in equipping and sustaining the 

world’s premier fighting force.

The DACM’s responsibilities are to: 

+ Establish and oversee the mission and vision of the 

Army Acquisition Corps (AAC) and the associated programs for the development and readiness of a 

professional civilian and military workforce.

+ Oversee the AAC and the Defense Acquisition Workforce 

 while establishing human capital plans, programs, and 

strategies to accomplish the acquisition mission 

 and vision for the Army.

+ Ensure the readiness of a professional civilian and 

military workforce through relevant training, education, 

and experience opportunities.

+ Oversee all career management activities for the AAC 

and Defense Acquisition Workforce (e.g., policies, 

training, opportunities, etc.) in accordance with statutory 

 requirements and congressional mandates.

+ Grant AAC membership and approve waivers.

+ Designate senior-level representatives to provide guidance and to advise on matters that affect the education, 

training, and career development of the Defense Acquisition Workforce.

+ Establish forums/opportunities to specifically address 

issues facing the acquisition community from the 

 perspective of Army senior leaders.

+ Represent the Army acquisition executive in all matters 

pertaining to the acquisition mission for the Army. 

The Army acquisition workforce is comprised of 

more than 40,000 civilian and military workforce 

members who occupy 12 acquisition career fields. The 

largest numbers of workforce members serve in the 

acquisition career fields of Systems Planning, Research, 

Development, and Engineering–Systems Engineer, 

followed by Contracting and Life Cycle Logistics.

WHERE TO FIND INFORMATION

Visit the Army’s acquisition website at http://asc.army.

mil/ for information on acquisition career management 

policies and programs including such topics as:

+ Acquisition Corps career planning and certification 

+ Legislation and policy

+ Tuition assistance and training opportunities

+ Waivers and forms

+ Defense Acquisition University training: 

https://www.atrrs.army.mil/channels/aitas/

+ The award-winning Army AL&T Magazine

+ News and developments

+ FAQs and contact information
138

Ms. Rene’ Thomas-Rizzo

Navy DAC M

U.S. Navy and Marine Corps 

DACM

The U.S. Navy Director, Acquisition Career 

Management (DAC M) is the focal point in 

the Department of the Navy (DoN) for the management 

and development of the acquisition workforce. Having the 

right people in the right job at the right time will translate 

to effective and efficient execution, delivering the finest 

warfighting capability in the world. The DAC M seeks to 

improve the workforce through education, training, and 

career management. 

The Navy DAC M is focused on rebuilding the acquisition 

workforce and has developed a framework upon which 

the DoN will improve capacity and capability. The 

fundamental precept that guides the DAC M office is that 

the current and future DoN warfighting development, 

procurement, and life cycle sustainment demands of its 

acquisition workforce continue to be high performing 

and competent across the spectrum of acquisition career 

fields. 

The framework is built upon a six-pillar foundation:

+ Pillar 1: Rebalance the acquisition workforce

+ Pillar 2: Integrate acquisition workforce requirements 

into the Planning, Programming, Budgeting and Execution 

 System

+ Pillar 3: Reinforce the science and engineering foundation

+ Pillar 4 : Improve program manager and acquisition business skills

+ Pillar 5: Return to deliberate flag/SES acquisition community management

+ Pillar 6: Plan acquisition workforce sustainment. 

The DACM goals are to:

+ Revitalize the acquisition workforce though improved 

education, training, and career management.

+ Focus on recruitment and retention of acquisition professionals with critical skills needed to increase the 

capability of the acquisition workforce. 

+ Implement policies and processes that lead to the successful re-building of the acquisition workforce.

The DACM responsibilities are to:

+ Develop acquisition workforce strategies and policies.

+ Collaborate with other DoD military services, agencies, 

and functional leaders on matters relating to the acquisition workforce education, training, and career 

development.

+ Analyze acquisition workforce requirements to ensure 

 the DoN acquisition workforce has the personnel and 

skills it needs, now and into the future.

+ Manage critical acquisition positions/key leadership 

positions and ACAT I and ACAT II program manager 

assignments.

+ Manage career development programs and 

opportunities.

+ Ensure that workforce reporting requirements are met. 

WHERE TO FIND INFORMATION

Visit the Department of the Navy Research, 

Development, and Acquisition website at http://

acquisition.navy.mil for Navy-specific acquisition career 

management policies and procedures including topics 

such as:

+ Acquisition Corps

+ Career planning and certification

+ Legislation and policy

+ Naval Acquisition Development Program (interns and 

associates)

+ News and developments

+ Tuition assistance

+ Waivers and forms

+ Job fairs

+ FAQs

+ Contact information

To register for acquisition training, visit the Register-Now 

website at https://www.atrrs.army.mil/channels/navyedacm.
139

College of the Armed Forces Senior Acquisition Course, 

for the acquisition community.

+ Manage training matters associated with DAWIA implementation, including DAU course quotas, acquisition train- 

 ing and defense acquisition workforce funds, and student 

 course registration.

+ Centrally administer the Fiscal Year 2008 National 

Defense Authorization Act Section 852 Defense 

 Acquisition Workforce Development Fund to ensure the 

Air Force acquisition workforce has the capacity it needs, 

 in both personnel and skills.

+ Establish and maintain acquisition career management 

information systems for training, waivers, continuous 

learning, certification, and acquisition personnel records 

review, as needed, to execute acquisition workforce 

responsibilities.

WHERE TO FIND INFORMATION

For Air Force Acquisition Professional Development 

Program (APDP) policies and procedures, visit the Air 

Force DAC M Career/APDP at http://ww3.safaq.hq.af.mil/

career/. The website includes the following topics and links: 

+ Workforce announcements

+ Professional development

+ Acquisition Corps position requirements

+ Certifications

+ Training priorities/funding

+ Position and tenure waivers

+ Awards and recognition

+ Career points of contact

+ Policy reference

Register for DAU Training 

https://www.atrrs.army.mil/channels/acqnow/

Register for AFIT Training 

https://www.atrrs.army.mil/channels/afitnow/

Track Continuous Learning 

https://www.atrrs.army.mil/channels/acqnowcl/

Acquisition Career Brief 

https://w20.afpc.randolph.af.mil/AFPCSecureNet20/

CheckPortal.aspx

Mr. Patrick M. Hogan

Air Force DAC M

U.S. Air Force DACM

The U.S. Air Force Director, Acquisition 

Career Management (DAC M) is 

designated by the Assistant Secretary 

of the Air Force for Acquisition as the 

focal point for management and development of the 

acquisition workforce. The Air Force DAC M works 

with the Office of the Under Secretary of Defense for 

Acquisition, Technology and Logistics; the Defense 

Acquisition University (DAU ); other Services and defense 

agencies; Air Force acquisition career field functional 

managers; and Air Force acquisition workforce members 

in all efforts to improve the acquisition workforce though 

education, training, and career management.

The Air Force DACM responsibilities are to:

+ Assist the Air Force acquisition executives for space and 

non-space programs with oversight and execution 

of acquisition workforce responsibilities.

+ Develop the Air Force acquisition professional workforce 

through directing, coordinating, and reviewing actions 

mandated by the Defense Acquisition Workforce 

 Improvement Act (DAWIA) and DoD directives.

+ Develop, implement, and oversee policies and procedures for the Air Force Acquisition Professional Development Program (APDP).

+ Establish programs, as required, to provide career 

development opportunities for the acquisition 

workforce in accordance with DAWIA, associated 

 regulations, and Air Force acquisition workforce human 

capital strategic planning objectives.

+ Develop, review, and coordinate policy regarding the 

Air Force acquisition workforce, including both organic 

(Air Force civilians and military) and contracted resources.

+ Represent the Air Force as point of contact with DAU and 

 other DoD military services and agencies for matters relat- 

 ing to the AT&L Workforce Education, Training, and Career 

 Development Program.

+ Oversee Air Force acquisition training selection boards, 

including the Program Manager’s Course and Industrial 
140

 Mr. Jeffrey Birch

4th Estate DAC M

4th Estate DACM

The 4th Estate Director, 

Acquisition Career Management (DAC M) represents 

civilians assigned to the defense agencies outside the 

military departments—a community comprised of over 

18,000 Defense Acquisition Workforce members. The 

4th Estate DAC M reports to the Director, Human Capital 

Initiatives, and is responsible for collaborating with the 

defense agencies on all facets of career development and 

management of the Defense Acquisition Workforce. 

The 4th Estate DACM responsibilities involve:

+ Supporting enterprise human capital initiatives to create 

a high-performing Defense Acquisition Workforce.

+ Collaborating and coordinating with defense agencies 

to support implementation of the Defense Acquisition 

Workforce Development Fund and the Secretary 

 of Defense Growth Strategy. 

+ Providing policy interpretations on Defense Acquisition 

Workforce Improvement Act (DAWIA) matters.

+ Collaborating with senior leaders and functional leaders 

on matters relating to supporting and improving the 

Defense Acquisition Workforce.

+ Ensuring career management tools are available to the 

4th Estate community, including a continuous learning 

tracking system and online application processes for 

certification and Defense Acquisition Corps membership.

+ Formulating concepts to develop innovative tools and 

resources to increase efficiencies.

The following career management functions are 

performed at your specific agency:

+ Approval of applications for DAU training

+ Approval of DAWIA certification applications

+ Approval of Acquisition Corps applications

+ Approval of fulfillment requests

+ Processing and approval of waivers

+ Documentation of course equivalencies

+ Coding and management of acquisition personnel 

information

WHERE TO FIND INFORMATION

The 4th Estate DAC M website, www.dau.mil/doddacm, 

provides additional information on the following areas:

+ Class registration 

https://www.atrrs.army.mil/channels/acqtas

+ Managing your acquisition career 

+ Career management tools

+ DAWIA certification 

+ Workforce manager resources

+ Workforce policy 

+ 4th Estate metrics 

+ 4th Estate DACM newsletter

Points of Contact:

ACQTAS Help Desk, acqtashelp@asmr.com, 

703-645-0161

ACQTAS Travel Desk, acqtastravel@asmr.com, 

703-752-3150
141

Registration Procedures for Non-DoD 

Students

International Students

Foreign military and civilian employees of a foreign 

government must apply for DAU courses through their 

country’s training officer, who will coordinate the training 

request through the U.S. Army security assistance officer 

in the Office of Defense Cooperation or an appropriate 

official in the U.S. Embassy. The U.S. Army Security 

Assistance Training Field Activity (SATFA ), which is 

the executive agent for foreign members attending 

DAU courses, will process each individual’s application 

through appropriate channels. The SATFA will coordinate 

all training requests with the DAU Non-DoD Registrar 

at nondod.registrar@dau.mil or 703-805-4498. Security 

assistance officers or U.S. Embassy officials sponsoring 

training requests from the host country should go to 

http://www.disam.dsca.mil/itm/ for information on training 

available through the foreign military sales training 

program.

Military and civilian employees of countries that are 

members of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization

(NATO ) should initiate their training requests through 

the SATFA by calling 757-788-3255. The SATFA desk 

officer for NATO affairs will put the student in contact 

with appropriate NATO training officials to process and 

coordinate the training request.

A non-U.S. citizen employed by a U.S. defense industry

corporation, working for a foreign corporation that has 

a contract with DoD or any of the military departments, 

or who is assigned to a U.S. military agency or 

activity may be eligible to apply for DAU courses. For 

information about applying for a course, contact the DAU

Student Services Office at industry.registrar@dau.mil or 

703-805-4498.

Acquisition Personnel with Federal Civilian Agencies

Federal civilian personnel interested in acquisition or 

acquisition-related training should first consult the 

Federal Acquisition Institute (FAI ) website at http://

www.fai.gov, which provides information about career, 

certification, and training programs. Federal civilian 

personnel interested in attending DAU - or FAI -sponsored 

training must submit an application using the FAI

electronic registration system on the Web at https://www.

atrrs.army.mil/channels/faitas/student/logon.aspx?caller=1, 

FAI Internet Training Application (FAITAS ) website.

Federal civilian personnel can attend DAU and FAI

courses at no cost, on a space-available basis for 

DAU courses. The electronic system streamlines the 

reservation process and allows prospective students to 

initiate their own training requests via the Internet.

For additional information, contact your local acquisition 

career manager. Points of contact available to assist 

students are listed on the FAI website. You can also 

contact the FAI help desk at 703-805-2300, Fax 703-

805-2111, faiquestions@fai.gov. 

Defense Industry Certification

Unless an organization has its own certification

standards, there is no organization or association that

confers certification in a functional area for defense 

industry employees similar to the certification program 

administered by DoD for its workforce members. 

Industry employees may demonstrate comparable 

training to the members of the DoD acquisition workforce 

by successfully completing DAU courses. They can 

register for courses at https://www.atrrs.army.mil/channels/

nondod/logon.asp and will be accepted on a spaceavailable basis.

DAU Administrative Information

Course Offerings

DAU courses are offered in a variety of modes:

+ Resident—Workforce member attends class at one 

 of the DAU training sites

+ Local—DAU instructor teaches at locations that have 

 sufficient numbers of attendees to constitute a class

+ Distance Learning—Course material is offered entirely or in 

 part via the Internet

+ Facilitated Online Learning Environment—Material is offered 

 online; instruction may be online or in the classroom

+ Hybrid—Course includes both distance learning and 

classroom (Parts A and B).

Online Requirements

To complete online coursework, you must have access to 

a computer with the following minimum capabilities:

+ Microprocessor speed: Pentium 400 MHz

+ Hard Drive: 6 GB

+ RAM: 64 MB

+ Modem speed: 56 kbps

+ Audio: 16 bit and speakers

+ CD-ROM drive: 12X

+ Monitor display resolution is optimal at 1024 X 768
142

+ Browser that supports Java and Javascript (Internet 

 Explorer 5.5, Netscape 7.0, or higher versions are 

 recommended)

+ Java runtime environment 1.5.0 or Microsoft® VM.

When logging on to the DAU Virtual Campus at 

https://learn.dau.mil, you should review the computer 

requirements in the “System Requirements” option under 

the “Help” menu. This will help ensure your computer is 

able to run online courseware successfully. Some online 

courses have additional software requirements that are 

explained at the beginning of the course.

Student Policies

A complete overview of all student policies can be found 

at http://www.dau.mil/studentInfo/Pages/student_info.aspx.

Reporting Instructions

After being accepted for admission into a DAU course, 

you will receive an e-mail from the university with 

instructions on how to proceed. In the case of online 

courses, an e-mail will explain how to access the course 

material online. For classroom courses, you will receive 

an e-mail with specific reporting instructions and 

information on housing, meals, facilities, and appropriate 

classroom attire.

DAU offers students Web-based support for classroom 

activities and pre-course assignments through the 

Blackboard learning management system. Blackboard 

provides websites for selected DAU courses so students 

can access readings and course activities on demand. 

Blackboard can support a variety of learning activities as 

required by a class: assignments, quizzes, surveys, and

discussions. It supports group work and also provides a 

place for students to store and submit files to instructors. 

If you are enrolled in a course using Blackboard, you will 

receive information about your course’s website in your 

course welcome materials. 

Travel, Per Diem, and Reimbursement

Each Service Acquisition Career Management Office or 

parent organization funds travel expenses and per diem

for eligible students based on Service- or agency-specific 

policy. You should consult the appropriate Acquisition 

Career Management Office for policy and guidance 

concerning travel requirements. It is very important that 

you arrive with a government credit card to pay for all 

legitimate travel-related expenses or, if needed, draw 

cash advances in lieu of receiving advance per diem 

payments. DAU cannot process travel claims or provide 

advance per diem payments. You should know the name 

and telephone number of the government credit card 

program coordinator for your Service or organization.

This person will be your point of contact for government 

credit card-related questions.

Course Registration and Quota Allocation

Defense Acquisition Workforce members may be 

eligible for funding of travel and per diem when attending 

courses required for certification. This is strictly based 

upon the Service component policy. You should contact 

your Service component point of contact for the specific 

funding policy covering DAU training. Funding is not 

provided to cover travel and per diem costs for workforce 

members who attend DAU courses for the purpose of 

continuous learning. 

DAU uses the Army Training Requirements and 

Resources System (ATRRS ) to maintain course 

schedules, allocate quotas, and manage class 

registration. Agencies with quota allocations should 

register workforce members as early as possible before 

the class start date to ensure their employees are in the 

ATRRS system and that employees have sufficient time 

to make necessary arrangements for attending class. 

After you apply for a course, you will receive an e-mail 

identifying your status as either wait-listed or as having 

a reservation. Approximately 60 days before the class 

starts, those with class reservations will receive an e-mail 

from DAU (later if you are a late registrant) providing 

reporting instructions, class start and end times, and 

location-specific information (e.g., points of contact, 

hotels, and directions). Points of contact for most 

courses and locations are provided in the online course 

schedule. Any workforce member who is registered and 

has not received reporting instructions 15 days prior to 

the class start date should contact the DAU Student 

Services Office for assistance at 888-284-4906 or 

703-805-3003.

Attendance Policy

You are expected to attend all scheduled course sessions 

(including teleconferencing, satellite, and synchronous 

online sessions) and complete all coursework. Whenever 

possible, you shall request permission from the 

instructor in advance of the absences, which must be 
143

for valid reasons such as illness or family emergencies. 

Cumulative absences that exceed 5 percent of contact 

time may be grounds for disenrollment (e.g., for a 

40-hour course, students are expected to participate in 

at least 38 hours). Some courses permit students who 

miss periods of class time to complete supplemental 

work before receiving a graduation certificate.

DAU follows established DoD and Office of Personnel 

Management guidance for civilians, and Service 

regulations for military personnel concerning various 

categories of leave.

Transcripts

To obtain your transcript, go to http://www.dau.mil/

studentInfo/default.aspx and click “Request a DAU

Transcript.” You’ll be directed to the online transcript 

system, where you’ll be asked to log on using either your 

Common Access Card (CAC) or Social Security Number 

(SSN )/date of birth. Once in the transcript system, you 

can print a transcript at your desk or request an official 

transcript with a raised DoD seal be sent to a college. 

Transcripts are usually processed within 5 working days, 

though sometimes it takes longer; you will receive an 

e-mail notice when your transcript has been processed. 

Questions regarding transcripts should be directed to 

DAU Student Services at dau.transcript@dau.mil.

Disability Accommodations

Those with disabilities who are scheduled to attend DAU

classes should notify their local training office and the 

DAU Student Services office as soon as possible prior 

to the start date of the class to ensure that appropriate 

accommodations are made. DAU fully supports the 

requirements of Section 508 of the Rehabilitation Act 

Amendments of 1998. Section 508 requires federal 

agencies that develop, procure, maintain, or use 

electronic and information technology to ensure that 

federal employees with disabilities have access to and use 

of that information and data. To that end, all new DAU

courseware is developed to comply with the standards 

set forth in Section 508.

Academic Integrity

Absolute integrity is expected of every DAU student 

in all academic undertakings. Integrity entails a firm 

adherence to a set of values, and the values most 

essential to an academic community are grounded on 

the concept of honesty with respect to the intellectual 

efforts of oneself and others. Academic integrity is 

expected not only in formal coursework situations, but in 

all university relationships and interactions connected to 

the educational process, including the use of university 

resources.

Dress Policy

Unless otherwise noted in the welcome letter or e-mail, 

civilian and military students are authorized to wear

business casual attire: dress slacks, collared shirts, dress 

shoes/loafers and the equivalent attire for women. 

Shorts; flip flops (shoes without a heel); strapless, 

excessively short or sheer garments; exposed middrift; jeans; and athletic wear of any kind are examples 

of inappropriate attire. The instructor may specify in 

advance exceptions to the above in support of a specific 

class event. Additionally, students are requested to be 

cognizant that the heavy use of colognes and perfumes

can be a distracter in class and cause allergic reactions 

among other students. In the case of DAU courses 

conducted at customer sites, alternative attire, consistent 

with local command or organization standards, may

prevail.

Cancellation Policy

If circumstances dictate cancelling course attendance 

after you receive notification of acceptance, you should 

follow the procedures set forth by your respective Service 

or agency. This may afford other workforce members the 

opportunity to attend the course.
144
Appendix A

Training 

Courses

Required course prerequisites are listed online in 

the iCatalog within each course concept card. A

consolidated listing is also accessible from the 

iCatalog Home page at: http://icatalog.dau.mil/

See pages 135-141 for course registration 

procedures.

145
146 Appendix A

ACQ 265 

Mission-Focused Services Acquisition 

This multifunctional intermediate course provides acquisition 

team members with the tools needed to analyze and apply

performance-based principles when developing performance 

requirements documents and effective business strategies for 

contractor-provided services. The course uses the seven-step 

performance-based acquisition process, a team-oriented approach, and several case-based activities designed to provide 

participants with practical hands-on experience.

Course Length: 4 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

ACQ 370 

Acquisition Law

DoD policy now mandates that the acquisition process be 

conducted through integrated product teams. The employment of integrated product teams in the acquisition process 

has resulted in the involvement of many non-contracting 

government personnel. ACQ 370 provides an overview of 

government contract law, specifically laws and regulations 

that are applicable to government contracts.

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

ACQ 401 

Senior Acquisition Course

A preeminent course for members of the acquisition corps, 

the Senior Acquisition Course is delivered by the Industrial 

College of the Armed Forces (ICAF ). The course consists of 

the 10-month ICAF curriculum, complemented by a choice of 

acquisition-related electives and individual/group research 

and writing. A limited number of professionals may take the 

Defense Acquisition University Program Manager’s Course, 

PMT 401, as a general elective for the Senior Acquisition 

Course and ICAF curriculum. Those who complete the Senior 

Acquisition Course receive a Master of Science degree in 

National Resource Strategy from ICAF and a diploma signifying completion of the Senior Acquisition Course. Professionals 

who also take the Program Manager’s Course as part of their 

curriculum earn PMT 401 diplomas as well.

Target Attendees: Participants are selected by their respective Services or agencies. Military officers are selected as part 

of the Senior Service School Selection Process and designated 

by the Directors of Acquisition Career Management.

Course Length: 10 months

Method of Delivery: Resident

ACQ 101 

Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition 

Management

This course provides a broad overview of the DoD systems 

acquisition process, covering all phases of acquisition. It 

introduces the Joint Capabilities Integration and Development 

System; the planning, programming, budgeting, and execution 

process; DoD 5000-series policy documents; and current 

issues in systems acquisition management. Designed for 

individuals who have little or no experience in DoD acquisition 

management, this course has proven very useful to personnel 

in headquarters, program management, and functional or 

support offices.

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete this 

course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

ACQ 201A 

Intermediate Systems Acquisition, 

Part A

Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A, uses computerbased training to prepare mid-level acquisition professionals 

to work in integrated product teams by providing an overview 

of systems acquisition principles and processes. Both ACQ

201A and ACQ 201B are required for DAWIA certification. 

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete this 

course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

ACQ 201B 

Intermediate Systems Acquisition, 

Part B

Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B, prepares mid-level 

acquisition professionals to work effectively in integrated 

product teams by understanding systems acquisition principles and processes. Both ACQ 201A and ACQ 201B are 

required for DAWIA certification.

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

146
Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online 147

Resident/Local

ACQ 405 

Executive Refresher Course

This course provides acquisition professionals an update on 

acquisition policy, processes, and lessons learned. Participants 

examine their roles and responsibilities as acquisition leaders 

in a changing environment. Guest speakers lead discussions 

on contemporary management and leadership topics, such as 

partnering with industry, contracting tools, resource allocations, human capital management, earned value oversight, 

performance-based logistics, and supply chain management.

Target Attendees: This course is for DAWIA Level III -certified 

members of all career fields who are (or have been) selected 

for O–6, GS–15, or the industry equivalent who are working in 

DoD weapons systems or information systems acquisition.

Course Length: 9 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

ACQ 450 

Leading in the Acquisition 

Environment

This action-based learning course provides an overview of the 

competencies and skills needed to lead in an acquisition environment. Experiential activities include role playing, simulation, communication, and critical-thinking exercises; a leadership challenge; and completion of a 360° feedback instrument 

and executive coaching to develop action plans related to the 

feedback. Participants will learn to apply strategies for leading 

up, down, and across in an acquisition organization.

Target Attendees: This class is for civilians (GS 13–15) and 

military (O5–O6) in supervisory positions, Level III -certified 

(any career field/path), and who have at least 3 years of 

acquisition experience serving in a Level III -coded position. 

Industry and allied participants are eligible to attend and are 

encouraged to register on a space-available basis.

Course Length: 4 class days preceded by approximately 4 

hours of precourse work

Method of Delivery: Resident

ACQ 403 

Defense Acquisition Executive 

Overview Workshop

This innovative course provides general/flag officers and 

members of the Senior Executive Service with an executivelevel understanding of the defense acquisition system and 

supporting processes. Workshop content is tailored to the 

needs of the executive; conducted on demand; and delivered 

in a one-on-one, desk-side forum.

Target Attendees: This course is for DoD general/flag officers; career and political Senior Executive Service personnel; 

congressional staff; and other executives, such as employees 

of the Government Accountability Office who are involved in 

or interface with the DoD acquisition system and processes. 

Executive participants may include a limited number of direct 

reports to enhance the value of the learning and dialog on 

matters of specific importance to the executive.

Course Length: Varies depending upon the number of topics 

to be addressed; typically 1/2 to 2 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

ACQ 404 

Systems Acquisition Management 

Course for General/Flag Officers

This course provides a senior level understanding of the 

defense acquisition system, key processes, and current issues 

and initiatives that is appropriate for senior decision makers. 

Distinguished speakers provide the executive participants 

a forum to discuss motivations, constraints, and perspectives of government and defense executives and those of the 

Congress and the Government Accountability Office.

Target Attendees: General, flag officers, and members of the 

Senior Executive Service

Course Length: 4.5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident
148 Appendix A

ACQ 451 

Integrated Acquisition for Decision 

Makers

This participant-driven, action-based learning course exposes 

Defense Acquisition Workforce members to the multidisciplinary acquisition perspectives, integration challenges, and 

influencing strategies necessary for successful integrated 

acquisition decision making. Through facilitated discussions, simulations, exercises, case studies, and exposure to 

decision-making tools, participants will formulate strategies 

that promote effective integration and collaboration for a current integration challenge. Participants will gain a wider view 

of the acquisition environment and their respective roles and 

responsibilities.

Target Attendees: This class is for civilians (GS 13–15) and 

military (O5–O6), Level III -certified (any career field/path), 

and who have at least 3 years of acquisition experience serving in a Level III -coded position. Industry and allied participants are eligible to attend and are encouraged to register on a 

space-available basis.

Course Length: 3.5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

ACQ 452 

Forging Stakeholder Relationships

This action-based learning course introduces professionals 

to the methods and skills necessary to identify, assess, and 

promote the building of stakeholder relationships required for 

success in the acquisition environment. Experiential activities 

will include a precourse stakeholder assessment as well as 

simulation, communication, and critical-thinking activities that 

will facilitate the development of tailored stakeholder action 

plans. At the end of the course, professionals will be able to 

build ownership of acquisition outcomes across the enterprise.

Target Attendees: This class is for civilians (GS 13–15) and 

military (O5–O6), Level III -certified (any career field/path), 

and who have at least 3 years of acquisition experience serving in a Level III -coded position. Industry and allied participants are eligible to attend and are encouraged to register on a 

space-available basis.

Course Length: 3 class days preceded by a few hours of preand post-course work

Method of Delivery: Resident

ACQ 453 

Leader as Coach

The Leader as Coach course is a resident course that focuses 

on the thinking, behaviors, skills, and strategies needed to 

accomplish a paradigm shift from managers that primarily 

direct and evaluate subordinates to a paradigm that encourages and rewards innovation, agility, listening, collaboration, 

continuous and purposeful growth, results, and accountability. 

As a leader, you will develop greater personal awareness and 

increase the impact of your energy and the energy of your 

organization. You will do this through the learning and application of the principles and behaviors of effective performance 

coaches.

Target Attendees: Civilian and military Defense Acquisition 

Workforce leaders, primarily supervisors in grades equivalent 

to GS 13–15 and O4–O6, as well as leaders of IPTs.

Course Length: 4 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

AUD 1130 

Technical Indoctrination

Newly hired auditors taking this course will learn the basic 

concepts, techniques, and procedures of contract auditing; 

the organizational structure of the Defense Contract Audit

Agency; and audit guidance processes.

Course Length: 10 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

AUD 1320 

Intermediate Contract Auditing

Staff auditors taking this course will obtain information 

needed to adequately plan and conduct audits. Class discussions, practical exercises, and group case studies are used to 

highlight problem areas and evaluate alternative courses of 

action.

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident
Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online 149

Resident/Local

BCF 106 

Fundamentals of Cost Analysis

Professionals are introduced to policies and techniques that 

are used for the preparation of system cost estimates, including DoD estimating requirements and guidance, estimate 

use and structure, analogy estimates, parametric estimating, improvement curves, inflation, risk, economic analysis, 

and software cost estimating. Through practical exercises, 

professionals gain the opportunity to apply the policies and 

techniques to real-world examples.

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete this 

course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

BCF 107 

Applied Cost Analysis

In this course, cost estimating techniques learned in BCF 106 

are applied in the development of cost estimates. Professionals will engage in guided discussions, investigate case scenarios, develop recommendations, and learn how to present 

their findings. Professionals will also explore techniques for 

using Excel and other computer applications to analyze data,

develop cost-estimating relationships, and create supporting 

documentation.

Course Length: 4.5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

BCF 203 

Intermediate Earned Value 

Management

Professionals taking this course work as members of an 

integrated product team for the system development and 

demonstration phase of a small ACAT I program. In the 

context of integrated program management, participants 

review, develop, and experience the Earned Value Management (EVM)-related processes associated with requirements 

generation, acquisition strategy development, Request for 

Proposal development, source selection, risk management, 

Integrated Baseline Review, and analysis during program 

execution.

Course Length: 8.5 class days 

Method of Delivery: Resident

AUD 4120 

Statistical Sampling

Statistical Sampling concentrates on the knowledge and skills 

necessary to perform statistical sampling in the contract audit 

environment.

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

BCF 102 

Fundamentals of Earned Value 

Management

In a virtual classroom environment, professionals learn additional information about earned value management (EVM), 

which is introduced in ACQ 101. The course summarizes the

language, data reports, metrics, graphs, and management 

processes associated with EVM as they apply to DoD acquisition management. Professionals also learn the processes 

related to the Performance Measurement Baseline, the Integrated Baseline Review, and the American National Standards 

Institute/Electronic Industries Alliance (ANSI /EIA ) for EVM 

systems. Finally, professionals evaluate and compute basic 

EVM metrics and EVM metric-based estimates at completion.

Course Length: You have 30 calendar days to complete this 

course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

BCF 103 

Fundamentals of Business Financial 

Management

Using interactive, computer-based training, professionals will 

develop the skills necessary for formulating and executing a 

program office budget. Topics covered in this course include 

cost analysis; funding policies; the DoD planning, programming, budgeting, and execution process; the congressional 

enactment process; and the budget execution process.

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete this 

course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning
150 Appendix A

BCF 204 

Intermediate Cost Analysis

Intermediate Cost Analysis emphasizes development and application of cost-analysis techniques and estimate interpretation. The course addresses estimate definition and planning, 

data collection, formulation, review and presentation, and 

documentation. Estimating techniques—such as parametrics, 

analogies, expert opinions, and improvement curves—are 

addressed in more depth. Computations are done using 

automated cost estimating integrated tools.

Course Length: 9.5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

BCF 205 

Contractor Business Strategies

Contractor Business Strategies is an active learning experience designed to give a professional a better understanding of 

the federal government marketplace from a business perspective. Initially, participants are actively engaged in the life-cycle 

process by which a typical manufacturing company produces 

and sells a product, receives payment for that sale, and 

ultimately, earns a profit or incurs a loss. During this process, 

the participants interact with company customers, bankers, 

shareholders, boards of directors, and other stakeholders. Participants deal with the allocation of indirect costs to multiple 

products, analyze the impact on overhead rates of the loss

of projected government contracts, and develop a pricing 

strategy to win a government contract. While the scenarios 

and dilemmas focus primarily on these business activities 

from a contractor’s perspective, participants are also placed in 

the position of a government employee to evaluate the impact 

that contractors’ business strategies have on the government.

Course Length: 4 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident 

BCF 206 

Cost/Risk Analysis

Cost analysts taking this course are given an overview of how 

to model the cost/risk associated with a defense acquisition 

program. Topics covered include basic probability concepts, 

subjective probability assessment, goodness-of-fit testing, 

basic simulation concepts, and spreadsheet-based simulation. 

Practical exercises and a small-group Monte Carlo simulationbased cost risk case reinforce the techniques taught.

Course Length: 3.5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident 

BCF 207 

Economic Analysis

Through practical exercises and a group workshop, Economic Analysis prepares professionals to conduct economic 

analyses within the DoD environment. Topics include decision 

analysis, cost analysis, present value, and sensitivity analysis.

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

BCF 208 

Software Cost Estimating

Software Cost Estimating is designed for those who estimate and/or review the cost of software development and 

maintenance. Topics include life cycle management, development paradigms, capability evaluations, risk analysis, reuse, 

commercial off-the-shelf items, function points, Institute of 

Electrical and Electronics Engineers/Electronic Industries 

Alliance 12207, parametric models, and model calibration. 

Case studies allow participants to apply the course materials 

to real-life examples. 

Course Length: 4.5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

BCF 209 

Acquisition Reporting for MDAPs and 

MAIS

Acquisition Reporting for Major Defense Acquisition Programs (MDAPs) and Major Automated Information Systems 

(MAIS ) programs provides training on how to prepare an 

Acquisition Program Baseline (APB), a Defense Acquisition 

Executive Summary (DAES ), and a Selected Acquisition 

Report (SAR ). Nunn-McCurdy unit cost reporting for MDAPs 

is also addressed. During the in-class lecture and computerassisted case studies, the participants learn step-by-step 

report preparation using the Defense Acquisition Management Information Retrieval Web application. Participants are 

required to complete the DAU continuous learning module, 

Acquisition Reporting Concepts and Policy Requirements for 

APB, DAES , and SAR (CLB 014) prior to attending this class.

Course Length: 4 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident 
Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online 151

Resident/Local

BCF 263 

Principles of Schedule Management

The Principles of Schedule Management course provides 

knowledge needed to interpret network schedules required by 

DoD policy and the American National Standards Institute/

Electronic Industries Alliance (ANSI /EIA ) 748A Earned Value 

Management System (EVMS) standard. Course material, 

individual exercises, and group exercises using Microsoft 

Project demonstrate the schedule development/maintenance 

process. Two scored exercises require participants to create 

a Microsoft Project network schedule and apply a schedule 

assessment model to analyze a complex, 700-line Microsoft

Project network schedule.

Course Length: 3 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

BCF 301 

Business, Cost Estimating, and 

Financial Management Workshop

This capstone course teaches professionals how to apply business, cost estimating, and financial management 

concepts, techniques, and on-the-job experience to functional 

interrelationships and opportunities among the disciplines 

of cost estimating, earned value management, and financial 

management.

Course Length: 9 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

BCF 302 

Advanced Concepts in Cost Analysis

Advanced Concepts in Cost Analysis course is designed for 

mid- to senior-level cost estimators to apply their skills in 

developing and preparing cost estimates for all ACAT Levels 

within the MAIS and MDAP designation. Students will use 

their critical thinking and analytical skills to execute all steps in 

assessing credible, repeatable, and defensible cost estimates. 

Case study-driven practical exercises will require cost estimators to conduct research and perform leadership responsibilities in a small group decision-making environment.

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident 

BCF 211 

Acquisition Business Management

Obtain hands-on experience in dealing with common financial 

issues in acquisition that include cost estimating; earned value 

analysis; planning, programming, budgeting, and execution; 

congressional enactment; and budget preparation and execution. In a 65-day window immediately prior to the resident 

portion of the course, participants must complete a self-paced 

review of basic concepts.

Course Length: You have 65 days to complete online precourse work; the resident portion is 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

BCF 215 

Operating and Support Cost Analysis

Participants learn the concepts and methodologies needed to 

develop operating and support cost estimates, total ownership cost reduction studies, cost as an independent variable 

management processes, and other management decisions in 

which operating and support costs are relevant.

Course Length: 4.5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

BCF 262 

EVMS Validation and Surveillance

Gain the knowledge needed to review integrated management 

systems and to determine their compliance with the American 

National Standards Institute/Electronic Industries Alliance 

(ANSI /EIA ) 748A Earned Value Management System 

(EVMS) standard. Course material, individual exercises, 

and group exercises review the 32 ANSI /EIA 748A EVMS

guidelines and the processes associated with validation 

and surveillance of contractor and government integrated 

management systems.

Course Length: 8 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident
152 Appendix A

CON 090 

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 

Fundamentals

FAR Fundamentals is a 4-week resident, foundational course 

for new hires that provides a total immersion into the Federal 

Acquisition Regulation (Parts 1–53) and the Defense Federal 

Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS ). The course will 

prepare the 21st century Defense Acquisition Workforce to 

operate successfully in a Web-enabled environment. 

CON 090 is a limited-lecture, research-intensive, exercisedbased curriculum. Participants will analyze contracting

business scenarios developed through research of the FAR

and its supplements. The course is presented in four modules: 

Contracting Overview; Contract Planning; Contract Formation; and Contract Management. Students are expected to 

become familiar with FAR Parts 1–53. Students will be quizzed

daily on knowledge of the FAR , lecture/lesson content, and 

homework. Students should be prepared to dedicate 2–3 

hours per evening for homework. Classroom laptop computers will be provided for each student.

Course Length: 4 weeks in class

Method of Delivery: Resident 

CON 100 

Shaping Smart Business 

Arrangements

Personnel new to the Contracting career field will gain a broad 

understanding of the environment in which they will serve. 

Students will develop professional skills for making business 

decisions and for advising acquisition team members in successfully meeting customers’ needs. Before beginning their 

study of technical knowledge and contracting procedures, students will learn about the various DoD mission areas and the 

types of business arrangements and procurement alternatives 

commonly used to support each area. Information systems, 

knowledge management, as well as recent DoD acquisition 

initiatives will also be introduced in the course. Interactive 

exercises will prepare you for contracting support within 

DoD. We will also address the overarching business relationships of government and industry, and the role of politics and 

customer relationships.

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete this 

course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

CON 110 

Mission Support Planning

New contracting personnel will gain an understanding of 

their role as business advisors in the acquisition process. This 

course will help professionals learn how they can support their 

customers’ mission and how they can plan successful missionsupport strategies based on their knowledge of the contracting environment and their customers’ needs. Participants will 

learn how to use the Federal Acquisition Regulation and the 

Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement, conduct 

effective market research, develop alternative acquisition 

strategies, and understand how socioeconomic programs 

support the acquisition-planning process.

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete this 

course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

CON 111 

Mission Strategy Execution

Mission Strategy Execution provides professionals with the 

knowledge necessary to execute an acquisition that optimizes

the customer’s mission performance. Participants will learn 

the techniques and benefits of early industry involvement in 

shaping requirements, basic procedures for acquisition of both 

commercial and noncommercial requirements, and how to 

effectively conduct price analysis and determine when a price 

is fair and reasonable. Finally, participants will learn how to 

conduct basic competitive acquisitions, process awards, and 

handle protests before and after the contract award.

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete this 

course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

CON 112 

Mission Performance Assessment

Mission Performance Assessment builds on the foundation 

established in CON 110 and CON 111. The course provides 

professionals with the knowledge they need to identify and 

utilize appropriate performance metrics when evaluating the

contractor’s performance in the mission. Course participants 

will explore processes for working with their customers to 

ensure contract performance meets mission requirements. 
Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online 153

Resident/Local

CON 215 

Intermediate Contracting for Mission 

Support

In this application-based course, participants will apply the 

knowledge and skills learned in CON 214 and the Level I

Contracting courses as they work in teams to complete 

an extensive, realistic, federal contract case study. Course 

participants demonstrate their ability to develop and execute 

business strategies to meet customer requirements. CON 215 

helps foster the development of critical thinking skills through 

activities including: customer needs analysis, strategic sourcing, procurement strategy development, and source selection 

execution.

Course Length: 8 class days preceded by a 2-week online 

classroom requirement

Method of Delivery: Resident

CON 216 

Legal Considerations in Contracting

This course focuses on legal considerations in the procurement process. Participants are introduced to the basic 

principles and sources of law relevant to procurement, including fiscal law. The course also addresses various other legal 

issues that may develop during the course of a contract, such 

as protests, assignment of claims, disputes, fraud, contractor 

debt, performance issues, and contract termination.

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete this 

course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

CON 217 

Cost Analysis and Negotiation 

Techniques

Cost Analysis and Negotiation Techniques builds on the basic 

pricing skills covered in the Level I Contracting curriculum 

and introduces methods and techniques necessary to analyze

a contractor’s cost proposal and to develop a government 

negotiation objective. Students will apply the cost analysis 

techniques to analyze a contractor’s proposal and develop

a cost objective. The course also introduces negotiation 

terminology, styles, and techniques.

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

Participants will explore assessment strategies and performance remedies, and they’ll learn how to make and price 

contract changes after award, handle disputes, and close out 

completed contracts.

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete this 

course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

CON 120 

Mission-Focused Contracting

Mission-Focused Contracting is the capstone course for 

Level I Contracting professionals. This course engages the 

participant in the entire acquisition process, from meeting 

with the customer to completing the contract closeout process. Participants will have an opportunity to learn and apply 

leadership, problem-solving, and negotiation skills. Using an 

integrated case study approach, participants will apply the 

knowledge and skills gained in previous Level I contracting 

courses governing supply and service acquisitions. Using an 

integrated case study approach, participants will apply the 

knowledge and skills gained in previous Level I contracting 

courses.

Course Length: 10 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident 

CON 214 

Business Decisions for Contracting

Business Decisions for Contracting builds on contracting 

Level I pre-award business and contracting knowledge necessary to process complex procurements. The emphasis of this 

course is on planning successful mission-support strategies 

and executing an acquisition that optimizes customer mission

performance. Participants will learn various techniques for 

building successful business relationships, the benefits of 

strategic sourcing and spend analysis, and the ins and outs 

of providing contract financing. Students will also take an indepth look at subcontracting, how to conduct a formal source 

selection, and how to analyze the information necessary to

determine contractor responsibility.

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete this 

course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning
154 Appendix A

CON 218 

Advanced Contracting for Mission 

Support

This course is the capstone federal contract applications 

course for the 200-level Contracting curriculum. Participants 

apply the knowledge and skills gained from the previous 

contracting courses in a case study environment. Course 

participants demonstrate their ability to negotiate fair and 

reasonable prices and to consider the legal implications for 

various contract situations. The course helps develop critical 

thinking, cost analysis, negotiation, and contract administration skills necessary for successful contract performance.

Course Length: 10 class days preceded by a 2-week online 

classroom requirement

Method of Delivery: Resident

CON 232 

Overhead Management of Defense 

Contracts

Overhead Management of Defense Contracts provides an understanding of industry overhead costs and the costs’ impact 

on seller pricing/business strategies under various acquisition 

environments with differing contract types. Attendees will understand the development and application of overhead rates 

used in contract formation, administration, and closeout. The 

course-integrating case study provides hands-on application 

of the overhead-rate process in which attendees determine 

their own final overhead rates.

Course Length: 10 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

CON 234 

Joint Contingency Contracting

Joint Contingency Contracting develops skills for contracting 

support provided to Joint Forces across the full spectrum 

of military and disaster relief operations. Exercises focus on 

unique aspects of contingency, critical thinking skills, and the 

execution of appropriate contractual instruments.

Course Length: 9 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

CON 235 

Advanced Contract Pricing

Covering topics from price-based acquisition to the traditional 

cost-based environment, this course is designed for buyers, 

price analysts, and contracting officers tasked with obtaining 

fair and reasonable prices. CON 235 addresses market forces, 

the market research process, commerciality issues, and 

cost/price analysis techniques such as interviewing experts, 

analogy, decision theory, earned value statistics, parametrics, 

learning curves, and risk analysis.

Course Length: 10 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

CON 237 

Simplified Acquisition Procedures

Professionals participating in this course will gain training 

on Part 13 of the Federal Acquisition Regulation and Part 213 

of the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement, 

which cover simplified acquisition procedures (SAP).

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete this 

course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

CON 243 

Architect-Engineer Contracting

This course, focusing on contracting for architect-engineers, 

covers issues across the contracting spectrum, including 

acquisition planning, source selection, proposal analysis, 

contract award and work, and contract management. Specific 

topics and practical exercises allow professionals to gain 

knowledge of the Brooks Act, SF-330, the slate and selection 

process, the review of government estimates, liability, 

Title II services, modifications, and contracting officer’s 

technical representative responsibilities.

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident 
Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online 155

Resident/Local

CON 260A 

The Small Business Program, Part A

The Small Business Program, Part A, provides an overview 

of the fundamentals of the DoD Small Business Program and 

focuses particular attention on the small business specialist’s 

role as a vital member of the acquisition team.

Course Length: You have 24 calendar days to complete this 

course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

CON 260B 

The Small Business Program, Part B

A follow-on course to CON 260A, this course focuses on 

developing the skills and knowledge necessary for a small 

business specialist. Associated programs and initiatives that 

support the program and DoD’s efforts to improve small business participation in both prime contracting and subcontracting will also be reviewed, with particular attention to the small 

business specialist’s role as a vital member of the acquisition 

team.

Course Length: 3 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

CON 334 

Advanced Contingency Contracting

The Advanced Contingency Contracting course develops 

Contingency Contracting personnel to successfully lead a 

Contingency Contracting Office across the full spectrum of 

military and disaster relief operations. The course focuses on 

considerations for planning and executing the mission from 

a leadership perspective in any Area of Responsibility (AOR ) 

during any contingency phase.

Course Length: 4 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

CON 244 

Construction Contracting

This course focuses on construction contracting issues involving acquisition planning, contract performance management, 

funding, environmental concerns, construction contract language, construction contracting in the commercial setting, the 

Davis-Bacon Act, design/build, basic schedule delay analysis, 

constructive changes, acceleration, and construction contract 

quality management.

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

CON 250 

Fundamentals of Cost Accounting 

Standards—Part I

Fundamentals of Cost Accounting Standards—Part I provides 

detailed, hands-on instruction in the various aspects of Public 

Law 100-679, including the rules and regulations of the Cost 

Accounting Standards Board, cost accounting standards, 

and disclosure statements for federal contracts. This course 

addresses only those standards applicable to modified cost 

accounting standards coverage. This course addresses those 

standards applicable to modified coverage, cost accounting 

practice changes and calculating cost impacts.

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

CON 251 

Fundamentals of Cost Accounting 

Standards—Part II

Fundamentals of Cost Accounting Standards—Part II provides 

detailed, hands-on instruction in the various aspects of Public 

Law 100-679, including the rules and regulations of the Cost 

Accounting Standards Board and cost accounting standards. 

Whereas Part I addresses only those standards applicable 

to modified cost accounting standards coverage, Part II addresses additional standards for full cost accounting standards 

coverage situations.

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident
156 Appendix A

CON 353 

Advanced Business Solutions for 

Mission Support

Advanced Business Solutions for Mission Support is required 

for a professional to obtain Level III certification in Contracting. Participants are given realistic scenarios and work in 

teams and as individuals developing sound business solutions 

as a valued strategic and expert business advisor. The course 

is designed to teach professionals to contribute solutions in 

writing and in oral presentations to senior leadership and 

supervisors. It is also designed to provide an overview of 

community of practice resources available for those in the 

Contracting career field.

Course Length: 10 class days preceded by required online 

assignments

Method of Delivery: Resident

COR 222 

Contracting Officer’s Representative 

Course 

This course provides an overview of the responsibilities of 

the contracting officer’s representative, focusing on pre- and 

post-contract award duties and using numerous case-based 

scenarios. This is a fee-for-service on-site course delivered for 

requesting organizations after coordination between the organization’s representative and the appropriate DAU representative.

Course Length: 4.5 days

Method of Delivery: Resident

FE 201 

Intermediate Facilities Engineering

Intermediate Facilities Engineering is required for Level II certification in Facilities Engineering. The course provides a broad 

understanding of the overall facilities engineering process and 

the roles/responsibilities of acquisition team members as they 

relate to the facility life cycle in support of military missions. 

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete this 

course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

FE 301 

Advanced Facilities Engineering

Advanced Facilities Engineering is the Level III certification 

course in the Facilities Engineering (FE) career field. Through 

realistic, scenario-based learning, professionals work in teams 

to practice developing solutions to a variety of challenges 

that FE professionals encounter within DoD. Coursework is 

designed to teach professionals how to contribute solutions 

to senior leadership and how to provide resources for the FE

career field via the course community of practice.

Course Length: 5 class days, preceded by required online 

assignments

Method of Delivery: Resident

GRT 201 

Grants and Agreements Management

Grants and Agreements Management presents the foundational knowledge required to work as a grants officer. Course 

participants learn about grants, cooperative agreements, and 

technology investment agreements. The course also provides 

a brief overview of other types of assistance transactions. 

Please note that this course does not address other transactions used to carry out prototype projects, which involve 

acquisitions instead of assistance, and therefore fall outside 

the scope of this course.

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

IND 100 

Contract Property Administration and 

Disposition Fundamentals

This course provides property administrators, plant clearance 

officers, contracting officers, and personnel in related fields a 

comprehensive understanding of the contractual regulatory 

and statutory requirements for government property administration and disposition.

Course Length: 10 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident
Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online 157

Resident/Local

IRM 202 

Intermediate Information Systems 

Acquisition

The Intermediate Information Systems Acquisition course 

focuses on the application of DoD policies, concepts, and best 

practices for the management and acquisition of softwareintensive and information technology systems. Exercises, 

lectures, group discussion, and a comprehensive student-led 

practicum are used in IRM 202 to cover topics ranging from 

strategic planning, information assurance, architectures, 

system engineering, requirements management, software 

design and development, risk management, contracting, cost 

estimation, metrics, process maturity, quality, and testing, 

among other areas.

Course Length: 10 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

IRM 304 

Advanced Information Systems 

Acquisition

Via the use of case studies, the Advanced Information 

Systems Acquisition course focuses on decision making and 

management of the development of DoD information technology (IT) systems, the role of capital planning and investment 

control, use of enterprise architectures, information assurance, acquisition planning, and IT Systems Engineering. 

Supplemented with industry speakers who provide industry 

perspectives on IT management and contracting, IRM 304 

integrates a variety of essential advanced topics critical to successful IT systems acquisition.

Course Length: 5 class days preceded by required online 

assignments

Method of Delivery: Resident

LOG 101 

Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals

Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals provides a broad overview 

of the role of acquisition logistics in the systems acquisition 

life cycle and systems engineering processes. Modules cover 

the logistics-relevant aspects of requirements identification, 

life cycle costing, integrated product and process development, sustainment logistics, supportability analysis, product 

support, contracting, and contractor support.

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete this 

course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

IND 103 

Contract Property Systems Analysis 

Fundamentals

Contract Property Systems Analysis Fundamentals builds a 

solid foundation in auditing principles and process analysis 

techniques for entry-level property professionals. The instructional process underscores the importance of property control 

system requirements and provides the tools necessary for the 

property administrator to plan and perform a property control 

systems analysis.

Course Length: You have 10 calendar days to complete this 

course

Method of Delivery: Facilitated/Online

IND 200 

Intermediate Contract Property 

Administration and Disposition

This course provides an overview of current contractual, 

regulatory, and statutory issues. Participants analyze case

studies and participate in plant tours. The course is designed 

for experienced industrial property management specialists, 

property administrators, plant clearance officers, contracting 

officers, and their supervisors.

Course Length: 10 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident 

IRM 101 

Basic Information Systems Acquisition

Within the framework of a program office IPT, this course covers introductory-level concepts in DoD information systems 

and software acquisition management. Key areas covered 

include DoD regulatory and technical frameworks, common 

software risks, software and system architectures, life cycle 

reviews, and software development and integration processes. Software standards, information assurance, software 

and system measures, testing, contracting issues, software 

quality, and the role of process maturity, as well as best 

practices for the management of software-intensive systems 

are also introduced.

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete this 

course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning
158 Appendix A

LOG 102 

Systems Sustainment Management 

Fundamentals 

Systems Sustainment Management Fundamentals provides 

a broad overview of the life cycle logistician’s role during the 

sustainment phase of a weapons system’s life cycle. Modules cover logistics/supply-chain management concepts, 

maintenance processes, end-to-end distribution, best commercial practices as applied to weapon systems sustainment, 

performance metrics, partnering/alliance opportunities and 

experiences, performance-based support, enterprise business 

environment and opportunities, and reduction in life cycle/

total ownership costs. 

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete this 

course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

LOG 103 

Reliability, Availability, and 

Maintainability (RAM)

Professionals who take this course will be able to understand 

the relationship between reliability, availability and maintainability (RAM) as a critical factor in design, performance, cost, 

and sustainment. The course addresses the cross-disciplinary 

actions of Program Management, Systems Engineering, Test 

and Evaluation, and both acquisition logistics and sustainment 

to evaluate the impact of reliability and maintainability decisions. Stressing a conceptual approach, the course presents 

basic reliability, availability, and maintainability terminology 

and engineering practices. It discusses current legislation and 

DoD policy that have invigorated systems engineering and 

logistics engineering processes to improve the requirements 

process, minimize risk through reliability growth programs,

and ensure effectiveness and suitability through developmental and operational test and evaluation.

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete this 

course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

LOG 200 

Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, 

Part A

LOG 200 is the first part in a two-course series designed for 

intermediate acquisition logistics professionals. It provides 

a dynamic, real-time learning environment oriented toward 

developing the managerial and technical logistics competencies of the life cycle logistician. Special emphasis is placed 

on the roles and responsibilities of the life cycle logistician in 

the areas of regulatory environment, oversight, and review; 

management processes; technical activities; and the DoD

planning, programming, budgeting, and execution process. 

The course requires participants to review current policy and 

guidance and demonstrate an understanding of how early 

integration of operational supportability into the system 

development process leads to achievement of DoD’s strategic 

logistics goals.

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete this 

course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

LOG 201 

Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, 

Part B

LOG 201 is the second part in a two-course series designed 

for intermediate acquisition logistics professionals. The course 

provides a dynamic, group-based, facilitated learning environment oriented toward further developing logistics competencies required by the life cycle logistician during weapons and 

equipment systems development. It challenges the professional to think critically, differentiate support alternatives, and 

provide solutions to ensure the early integration of operational 

supportability into the system development process. These 

skills are refined by instructor-facilitated group exercises and 

discussions. Special emphasis is placed on developing and 

delivering the required logistics inputs that ensure supportability is designed into a system.

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident
Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online 159

Resident/Local

LOG 210 

Supportability Manager Tools

This course provides the knowledge necessary to identify 

and apply various supportability tools to meet logistics 

requirements throughout the system life cycle. LOG 210 

provides hands-on familiarization in the use and application

of select supportability tools in areas such as life cycle cost; 

maintenance concept optimization and level of repair analysis;

logistics management information development, management, and integration; program management documentation 

generation; sparing analysis; and post-fielding support analysis. Scenario-driven practical exercises are used to enhance 

tool understanding and analysis applications.

Course Length: 3 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

LOG 235 

Performance-Based Logistics, Part A

Performance-Based Logistics, Part A, provides a dynamic, 

real-time learning environment oriented toward developing a 

range of logistics competencies. It challenges the participant 

to review current policy and demonstrate an understanding of 

how early integration of performance-based support concepts 

into the systems-development process leads to the achievement of DoD’s logistics goals. It is intended for mid-level logistics professionals needing skills required to excel in today’s 

demanding and dynamic product-support environment.

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete this 

course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

LOG 204 

Configuration Management

This fast-paced, cross-disciplinary course teaches professionals about the interrelationship of configuration management 

to life cycle activities as well as configuration management 

concepts and basic practices such as configuration identification, status accounting, audits and verification, configuration 

change management, performance measures, and configuration management planning. The course also provides an 

overview of requirements to design, develop, implement, 

oversee, and operate a configuration management program 

across the system life cycle. Professionals will gain knowledge 

of the application and impacts on configuration management 

by current and emerging issues such as total life cycle systems 

management, product data management, unique-item 

identification, evolutionary acquisition, performance-based 

logistics, condition-based maintenance, prognostics and 

health management, and diminishing manufacturing sources 

and material shortages.

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete this 

course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

LOG 206 

Intermediate Systems Sustainment 

Management

The Intermediate Systems Sustainment Management course 

is a follow-on DAU course of instruction pertaining to DoD

weapon system sustainment. The course provides a comprehensive understanding of logistics sustainment management 

principles and fundamentals including the roles, responsibilities and functions of a Logistician assigned to a major weapon 

systems acquisition program. The course explains the role of 

life cycle logistician during the sustainment phase of a weapon 

system’s life cycle; identifies concepts, policies, and practices 

of logistics/supply chain management as they apply to new 

and legacy systems during the sustainment phase of their respective life cycles; identifies best practices in developing and 

implementing Performance-Based Logistics support; explains 

materiel availability, materiel reliability, and mean down time 

principles, relates the principles contained in recent DoD guidance regarding logistics sustainment enablers; and explains 

the concepts of systems sustainment as described by DoDI

5000.02, para 3.9.

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete this 

course

Method of Learning: Distance Learning
160 Appendix A

LOG 236 

Performance-Based Logistics, Part B

Performance-Based Logistics, Part B, provides a dynamic, 

group-based, facilitated learning environment in which the 

professional further develops the logistics competencies 

introduced in LOG 235. Participants will acquire tools and 

techniques required to design, develop, and implement 

performance-based support at the system, subsystem, or 

commodity level in new acquisition and legacy systems. It 

challenges the participant to think critically and differentiate 

among support alternatives and provide solutions that ensure 

the early integration of performance-based product support in 

the systems-development process. These skills are refined by 

instructor-facilitated group exercises and discussions.

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

LOG 350 

Enterprise Life Cycle Logistics 

Management

Enterprise Life Cycle Logistics Management prepares the life 

cycle logistician to perform in senior-level life cycle logistics 

management and policy-making positions. Professionals 

are required to conduct research, engage in critical thinking 

exercises, and perform leadership responsibilities in a small 

group decision-making environment. Professionals engage in 

a dynamic, fast-paced, threaded exercise addressing complex 

relationships in life cycle logistics support planning, acquisition policy, supportability analysis, program management, 

performance-based logistics, and business case analysis. The 

course spans a system’s entire life cycle from concept through 

demilitarization and disposal, including acquisition logistics

planning events, and operations and support sustainment 

planning.

Course Length: 8.5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PMT 202 

Multinational Program Management

This course teaches the basics of international acquisition for 

members of the Defense Acquisition and International Affairs 

Workforces. The course emphasizes encouragement of armaments cooperation and interoperability with U.S. coalition 

and partner nations. National, DoD, and military department 

policy and regulations concerning international cooperative 

research, development, test, evaluation, production, and 

logistics support, as well as security assistance, are covered 

in some detail. The course identifies the roles and responsibilities of individuals, foreign governments, and industry 

involved in cooperative acquisition and security assistance 

programs. Students will learn about key types of agreements 

that promote U.S. international cooperation policy. The end 

goal is to provide the tools to prepare, formulate, and support 

a security assistance sale, direct commercial sale, cooperative 

acquisition, or hybrid international program.

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PMT 203 

International Security and Technology 

Transfer/Control

This course teaches students to identify, analyze, and apply

the laws, policies, and processes that govern International 

Security and Technology Transfer/Control. The course characterizes national security policy issues and export/import

licensing constraints (as defined by the Departments of State, 

Commerce, and Treasury) and guides evaluating their effects 

on domestic and international DoD programs. Students will 

learn the procedures for the export and import of defense and 

dual-use equipment and services, for handling classified and 

controlled unclassified program information, and for foreign 

visit control. Students will learn to recognize hostile and

friendly foreign power elicitation and technology collection 

methods and techniques and develop methods of protecting 

information. Students will also learn to describe the U.S. government’s ownership, usage, and transfer rights of intellectual 

property to foreign governments and contractors.

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident
Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online 161

Resident/Local

PMT 256 

Program Management Tools Course, 

Part II

This facilitated online course consists of modules 9 and 10 of the 

former PMT 250 course. If you have completed PMT 250, you need 

not complete this course.

Program Management Tools provides application skills 

needed in a program office as an integrated product team 

lead. It is a follow-on course to PMT 251 and is designed to 

enhance journeyman-level skills. This course prepares defense 

acquisition professionals for work in the program offices and 

for the Program Management Office Course, PMT 352, Parts 

A and B.

Course Length: 4 class days

Method of Delivery: Facilitated/Online

PMT 304 

Advanced International Management 

Workshop

This course is designed to prepare professionals to participate 

effectively in the development and negotiation of defense 

armaments cooperation agreements ranging from simple 

data exchange annexes to complex cooperative development, 

production, and support agreements. Students who successfully complete this course will be able to synthesize, integrate,

and apply U.S. policy on international cooperative defense 

acquisition, including policies of the Departments of Defense, 

State, Commerce, and Treasury. The final outcome of the 

week is formulating and practicing negotiation of international 

acquisition agreements in accordance with U.S. policies, 

statutes, and regulations.

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PMT 250 

Program Management Tools

Program Management Tools provides application skills 

needed in a program office as an integrated product team 

lead. It is a follow-on course to ACQ 201B and is designed to 

enhance journeyman-level skills. This course is required, along 

with ACQ 201B, for Level II certification in Program Management and also prepares professionals for work in the Program 

Management Office Course, PMT 352, Parts A and B.

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete 

modules 1 through 8 of this course; module 9 is scheduled for 

4 days and executed virtually through the DAU virtual campus

Method of Delivery: Facilitated/Online

PMT 251 

Program Management Tools Course, 

Part I

This distance learning course consists of modules 1 through 8 of the 

former PMT 250 course. If you have completed PMT 250, you need 

not complete this course.

Program Management Tools provides application skills 

needed in a program office as an integrated product team 

lead. It is a follow-on course to ACQ 201B and is designed to 

enhance journeyman-level skills. This course prepares defense 

acquisition professionals for work in the program offices and 

for the Program Management Office Course, PMT 352, Parts 

A and B.

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete this 

course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning 
162 Appendix A

PMT 352A

Program Management Office Course, 

Part A

The Program Management Office Course, Part A, is the first 

part of the Level III certification course in the Program Management career field. It is a follow-on to ACQ 201B and PMT

250 and is designed to train Level II certified professionals to 

be effective leaders in a program office by honing analysis, 

synthesis, and evaluative skills. PMT 352A focuses on key 

program management office knowledge and skills not covered 

in the prerequisite courses. This course must be completed 

prior to attending PMT 352B.

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete this 

course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

PMT 352B 

Program Management Office Course, 

Part B

The Program Management Office Course, Part B, is the 

second part of the Level III certification course in the Program 

Management career field. It is a follow-on to ACQ 201B and 

PMT 250 and is designed to train Level II certified professionals to be effective leaders in a program office by honing analysis, synthesis, and evaluative skills. In a classroom setting, 

PMT 352B gives attendees scenario-based practical exercises 

with topical themes such as interoperability, prototyping, and 

evolutionary acquisition.

Course Length: 4 weeks, 2 days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PMT 401 

Program Manager’s Course

This course is designed to improve DoD acquisition outcomes 

by strengthening the analytical, critical thinking, and decisionmaking skills of potential leaders of major defense acquisition 

programs and program support organizations. Applying the

proven doctrine of “train as you fight,” participants analyze

acquisition case studies representing contemporary acquisition program challenges and dilemmas; apply a broad cross 

section of knowledge of the acquisition environment and 

experience; and deepen their understanding of acquisition 

principles and practices through peer and instructor mentoring and coaching. Speakers, team projects, media training, and 

management simulations round out and enrich the course.

Target Attendees: Level III Program Management career field 

members who have demonstrated the potential to become 

major program or project managers. Also, limited numbers 

(up to 15 percent) of high-potential Level III acquisition professionals in other career fields, such as Contracting, Logistics, 

and Financial Management. Participants must be O-5 or 

GS-14 or above with extensive experience in acquisition, 

including 4 years in or directly supporting a program organization. Industry participants with equivalent experience are 

also sought. Board–selected ACAT I or II program managers 

should attend the course prior to beginning their assignment.

Course Length: 10 weeks

Method of Delivery: Resident

PMT 402 

Executive Program Manager’s Course

The Executive Program Manager’s Course is designed to 

meet the learning and performance needs of newly selected 

program executive officers, deputy program executive 

officers, and ACAT I (ID/IC and IAM/IAC ) and II program 

managers/deputy program managers. This concentrated 

4-week resident period is preceded by a self-assessment and 

assessment of each participant’s program and program office 

to develop individual learning needs and issues. Participants 

learn through the extensive use of open, interactive dialogue 

with senior DoD, congressional, GAO , and industry leaders; 

tailored sessions on contemporary topics and issues; and 

participant-directed activities based on individual learning 

needs. This course culminates in development of an action 

plan to better manage their program, program office, and 

professional development.

Target Attendees: This course is statutorily required for program executive officers, deputy program executive officers, 

and program managers/deputy program managers of ACAT

I, IA, and II programs. International and industry professionals 

are eligible to attend on a space-available basis. Please note 

that the Program Manager’s Course statutory requirement is 

met through completion of either PMT 302 and PMT 402, or 

PMT 401 and PMT 402.

Course Length: 20 class days preceded by an online 

workshop

Method of Delivery: Resident

PMT 403 

Program Manager’s Skills

This course provides newly selected ACAT III product, project, 

program managers, or IPT leads and assistant product, project, or program managers with the skills needed for handling 
Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online 163

Resident/Local

key programmatic issues that will be facing them during their 

first 6 to 12 months on the job. Initially, students will complete 

a self-assessment, program assessment, and program office 

assessment during a pre-course assignment. During the 

course, through the use of open dialogue with senior DoD

acquisition leaders, tailored sessions on contemporary topics 

and processes, and participant-directed activities, students 

will develop a strategic plan for addressing their key programmatic issues. Students will also examine lessons learned from 

program managers, program executive officers, and other 

acquisition practitioners to support the development of their 

strategic plans.

Target Attendees: This course is designed to meet the 

learning and performance needs of newly selected program 

managers, and deputy or assistant program managers for 

ACAT III programs. International and industry professionals 

are eligible to attend on a space-available basis.

Course Length: 10 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PQM 101 

Production, Quality, and 

Manufacturing Fundamentals

Production, Quality, and Manufacturing Fundamentals is 

an entry-level course that emphasizes basic production,

manufacturing, and quality assurance principles, policies, 

processes, and practices.

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete this 

course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

PQM 103 

Defense Specification Management

Defense Specification Management covers DoD policies and 

procedures for the development, management, and use of 

nongovernment standards, commercial item descriptions, and 

specifications and standards. Emphasis is placed on interoperability, market research, use of commercial/nondevelopmental item alternatives, use of performance specifications, 

international standardization agreements, and the Single

Process Initiative.

Course Length: 9 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident
164 Appendix A

PQM 104 

Specification Selection and 

Application

The Specification Selection and Application course provides 

instruction on the appropriate selection and correct application of nongovernmental standards, commercial item descriptions, specifications and standards, and related documents 

in the acquisition process. Emphasis is placed on current 

acquisition initiatives such as interoperability and the proper 

use of standardization documents

Course Length: 2 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident 

PQM 201A 

Intermediate Production, Quality, and 

Manufacturing, Part A

This journeyman-level course exposes participants to manufacturing and quality processes, production scheduling and 

control techniques, surveillance activities, and systems-level 

production and quality planning. It provides an understanding 

of production, quality, and manufacturing processes and their 

relationships to systems engineering activities throughout the 

life cycle. Course content includes the contracting aspects of 

the job; planning for manufacturing and quality; lean concepts; 

material control; and technical, ethical, and quality issues.

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete this 

course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

PQM 201B 

Intermediate Production, Quality, and 

Manufacturing, Part B

This journeyman-level course requires participants to apply 

the manufacturing and quality planning processes and 

techniques learned in PQM 201A. Participants will work in integrated product teams to develop manufacturing and quality 

plans, apply lean techniques, use cost estimating techniques, 

and make progress payment recommendations based on 

completion of a physical progress review. Course content 

includes the contracting aspects of the job; use of continuous 

process improvement tools in a production environment; planning for manufacturing and quality; lean concepts; material 

control; and technical, ethical, and quality issues.

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PQM 203 

Preparation of Commercial Item 

Description for Engineering and 

Technical Personnel

This course presents instruction on the preparation and use 

of commercial item descriptions, including characterization

of commercial items, the development and use of market 

acceptability criteria, and the development of performancebased salient characteristics. Current policy on the use of 

commercial item descriptions and performance specifications 

is discussed. This course uses an interactive, asynchronous 

learning environment focused on self-paced learning that is 

demonstrated in a virtual group environment.

Course Length: Approximately 12 hours within 15 calendar 

days

Method of Delivery: Facilitated/Online

PQM 301 

Advanced Production, Quality, and 

Manufacturing

This rigorous leadership course is structured around 

integrated production, quality, and manufacturing processes. 

Professionals will learn and practice advanced production and 

quality approaches supporting DoD acquisition activities. Key 

areas covered include problem-solving and decision-making 

issues relevant to successfully managing core technical areas.

Course Length: 10 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

RQM 110 

Core Concepts for Requirements 

Management

Core Concepts for Requirements Management allows professionals to study the role of both the requirements manager 

and requirements management within the “Big A” acquisition 

construct. It examines the capabilities and the process from 

an end-to-end perspective, highlighting the intersection 

between acquisition, resources, and requirements.

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete this 

course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning 
Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online 165

Resident/Local

RQM 310 

Advanced Concepts and Skills for 

Requirements Management

Advanced Concepts and Skills for Requirements Management studies the functions of requirements managers and 

their supervisors. RQM 310 begins by reviewing the prerequisite material, Capability-Based Assessments (CBAs), and 

developing requirements. The course continues by examining 

the requirements manager’s interactions with the Defense 

Acquisition System (DAS ), within the Joint Capabilities Integration and Development System (JCIDS ), and with Functional 

Capability Boards (FCBs).

Course Length: 4.5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

RQM 403 

Requirements Management Executive 

Overview

This course provides general officers, flag officers, and members of the Senior Executive Service with an executive-level 

understanding of the role of the requirements manager and 

of requirements management within the “Big A” acquisition 

construct. It examines the capabilities and process from an 

end-to-end perspective, highlighting the intersection between 

acquisition, resources, requirements, and the supporting 

processes. DAU has tailored RQM 403 to the needs of the 

executive and conducts the course on demand. Section 801 of 

the National Defense Authorization Act of Fiscal Year 2007

requires the Under Secretary of Defense for Acquisition, Technology and Logistics to establish competency requirements 

and a training program to certify DoD military and civilian 

personnel with responsibility for generating requirements for 

Major Defense Acquisition Programs (MDAPs). This training 

meets the certification requirement for executives.

Target Attendees: This course is for DoD general/flag officers, career and political Senior Executive Service personnel 

with position duties that involve either leading or supervising 

the writing of Major Defense Acquisition Program (MDAP) 

requirements documents; adjudicating substantive comments concerning MDAP documents; validating or approving 

an MDAP requirements document; or participating in the 

approval chain for the document (for example Functional 

Capabilities Board, Air Force Requirements Oversight Council, 

Army Requirements Oversight Council, and Resources and 

Requirements Review Board members).

Course Length: Varies depending upon the number of topics 

to be addressed; typically 1 class day

Method of Delivery: Resident

SAM 101 

Basic Software Acquisition 

Management

Within the framework of a program office IPT, this course covers introductory-level concepts in DoD information systems 

and software acquisition management. Key areas covered 

include DoD regulatory and technical frameworks, common 

software risks, software and system architectures, life cycle 

reviews, and software development and integration processes. Software standards, information assurance, software 

and system measures, testing, contracting issues, software 

quality, and the role of process maturity, as well as best 

practices for the management of software-intensive systems 

are also introduced.

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete this 

course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning 

SAM 201 

Intermediate Software Acquisition 

Management

Using in-depth integrated product team case studies and 

exercises supplemented by lecture and group discussion, 

professionals learn how to manage DoD software-intensive 

systems. They also learn to apply a variety of real-world 

software acquisition management best practices. The course 

covers topics such as requirements management, architectures, cost estimation, vendor qualification, metrics, process 

maturity, quality, and testing.

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident
166 Appendix A

SAM 301 

Advanced Software Acquisition 

Management

Advanced Software Acquisition Management is the capstone 

course in the IT career field Level III certification sequence. 

SAM 301 is a seminar-based course for personnel in the IT

career field who acquire, manage, engineer, test, and evaluate DoD software-intensive and IT systems. Via a series of 

student-led short research topics that are supplemented 

with senior-level guest lectures on current topics, SAM 301 

provides insight into the risks, issues, and future challenges 

associated with developing and leading the development of 

DoD IT and software systems.

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

STM 202 

Intermediate S&T Management

This course provides, for personnel associated with Science 

and Technology (S&T) project management and others, 

an understanding of the procedures and mechanisms DoD

uses to transition advanced technologies into warfighting 

systems. Students will be able to describe the challenges in 

successfully transitioning technologies into DoD’s weapons 

systems acquisition process or transitioning them directly to 

the warfighter; to assess the implications of various technology transition mechanisms; and to apply effective technology 

transition practices.

Course Length: 3 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident 

STM 303 

Advanced S&T Management

This course provides Science and Technology (S&T) professionals and others with an understanding of the procedures 

and mechanisms that can be used to transition emerging 

technologies into the DoD’s warfighting systems and the critical skills needed to do so. Attendees will be able to apply skills 

in such areas as budgeting, systems engineering, and test and 

evaluation that are essential for effective technology project 

management. Additionally, they will learn how to analyze and

apply effective technology transition practices from basic 

research to acquisition or deployment.

Course Length: 4 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

SYS 101 

Fundamentals of Systems Planning, 

Research, Development, and 

Engineering

This course is a technically rigorous, comprehensive introduction to systems engineering and the various technical management processes involved in its application. Based on the systems engineering processes outlined in the Defense Acquisition 

Guidebook, SYS 101 provides the essential foundations needed 

for systems planning, research, development, and engineering 

careerists and others—such as program management personnel and life cycle support managers—to effectively participate 

in the application and the management of DoD systems 

engineering processes and their related activities.

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete this 

course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

SYS 202 

Intermediate Systems Planning, 

Research, Development, and 

Engineering, Part I

This distance-learning course provides an understanding 

of how DoD’s systems engineering technical and technical 

management processes can be applied to a notional system 

within the context of the acquisition life cycle. Course content 

includes the scope and role of systems engineering and 

its major technical inputs and outputs, timing of technical 

baselines, the role of technical reviews, important design 

considerations, and other related areas.

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete this 

course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning
Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online 167

Resident/Local

provides the essential foundation knowledge needed by T&E

professionals and others to more effectively participate in 

DoD T&E activities.

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete this 

course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

TST 203 

Intermediate Test and Evaluation

This course builds upon professionals’ knowledge, skills, and 

on-the-job experience relating to DoD test and evaluation 

(T&E) policies, processes, and practices. A number of problem-solving situations engage participants in the application 

of T&E concepts and principles. Course topics include the role 

of T&E in systems acquisition; T&E planning and the test and 

evaluation strategy; test and evaluation master plan development; managing a T&E program; and planning, conducting, 

and processing the results of T&E events.

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

TST 303 

Advanced Test and Evaluation

Designed for senior DoD acquisition personnel, the Advanced 

Test and Evaluation (T&E) course is focused around leadership and management issues in a T&E environment. TST 303 

involves facilitated discussion of current DoD policies, strategies, processes, and practices as they are applied and used for 

the planning and management of test and evaluation (T&E) 

for DoD systems. This course covers a variety of knowledgebuilding and interactive problem-solving skills using case 

studies developed around lessons learned from actual system 

acquisitions. Class discussion and study group efforts culminate in participant presentations based around case analysis 

and solution analysis. Knowledge and skills developed in this 

course will facilitate successful professional participation as a 

T&E member in integrated planning and development activities for major programs.

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

SYS 203 

Intermediate Systems Planning, 

Research, Development, and 

Engineering, Part II

This course allows students to use the DoD systems engineering processes and techniques learned in SYS 202. Participants 

will work in integrated product teams and apply systems 

engineering technical processes and technical management 

processes to a defense system as its development progresses 

across the various phases of the acquisition life cycle.

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

SYS 302 

Technical Leadership in Systems 

Engineering

Designed for senior DoD acquisition personnel, SYS 302 

is focused on the application of technical leadership skills 

within a typical DoD systems engineering environment. SYS

302 participants are expected to have sufficient background 

knowledge of the DoD’s systems engineering management 

processes, knowledge of the application of systems engineering to each acquisition phase, and the capability to apply 

these concepts to complex technical management problems 

involving critical thinking. As part of the SYS 302 course, 

participants will lead and participate in an engineering team 

that analyzes and resolves a variety of technical engineering

critical issues. Class exercises are supplemented by lessons on 

current policy, architectures, and design considerations.

Course Length: 10 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

TST 102 

Fundamentals of Test and Evaluation

The Fundamentals of Test and Evaluation course emphasizes

basic DoD test and evaluation (T&E) principles, policies, 

processes, and practices. TST 102 covers the integrated T&E

processes outlined in the Defense Acquisition Guidebook and 
168
Appendix B

Continuous

Learning

169

See pages 135-141 for course registration 

procedures.
170 Appendix B

Business

CLB 007

Cost Analysis

Cost Analysis focuses on the basic cost analysis process, 

which is one of the fundamental building blocks of any acquisition program. At the end of this module, you should be able to 

define various financial management terms as they relate to 

the defense acquisition process, determine when various cost 

estimates should be prepared, what estimating methodology 

is most appropriate, and what cost data are of interest to various program stakeholders.

Course Length: Approximately 3.5 hours 

CLB 008

Program Execution

Program Execution describes the budget execution process, 

including the legal concerns and potential impact of poor budget execution. At the end of this module, you should be able 

to describe the apportionment process (including rules for 

deferral and rescission), describe the funds execution process 

and laws that govern it, identify the purposes and contents 

of obligation and expenditure plans, and identify rules for 

reprogramming.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLB 009

Planning, Programming, Budgeting, 

and Execution and Budget Exhibits

Planning, Programming, Budgeting, and Execution and Budget 

Exhibits focuses on explaining the planning, programming, 

budgeting, and execution (PPBE) process, including the 

relationship of each phase to the systems acquisition process. 

At the end of this module, you should be able to recall the 

primary purpose of each of the phases of PPBE, identify the 

inter-relationship between PPBE and the defense acquisition 

system, and identify the purpose, content, and dimensions of 

the Future Years Defense Program.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLB 010

Congressional Enactment

Congressional Enactment focuses on appropriations and the 

funding policies that are associated with each appropriation. 

It relates a defense acquisition program’s cost estimate to its 

programming and budgeting requirements.

Course Length: Approximately 3.5 hours

CLB 011

Budget Policy

Budget Policy focuses on appropriations and the funding policies that are associated with each appropriation. It will relate 

a defense acquisition program’s cost estimate to its programming and budgeting requirements. At the end of this module, 

you should be able to identify the major appropriation categories of interest to the defense acquisition community, identify 

the funding policy that applies to each, recognize situations

where exceptions to the funding policies are appropriate, and 

identify the most appropriate time-phased budget estimate to 

a given situation.

Course Length: Approximately 4.5 hours

CLB 014

Acquisition Reporting Concepts and 

Policy Requirements for APB, DAES, 

and SAR

This module provides information on the terminology, concepts, and policies pertaining to required acquisition reports 

such as the Acquisition Program Baseline (APB), the Defense 

Acquisition Executive Summary (DAES ), and the Selected 

Acquisition Report (SAR ). Upon completion of the module, 

students will be able to apply these concepts and policies in 

the preparation and review of reports generated using the 

Consolidated Acquisition Reporting software.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours
171

CLB 019

Estimate at Completion

The Estimate at Completion module reviews the process 

for computing an estimate at completion range when given 

earned value management data. It defines the meaning 

of the cost performance index, the schedule performance 

index, and the to-complete performance index (TCPI) earned 

value metrics; reviews favorable and unfavorable trends 

cost performance index and schedule performance index 

performance trend charts; and walks through the calculations 

needed to compute an estimate at completion range by using 

the standard earned value management estimate at completion equation.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLB 020

Baseline Maintenance

The Baseline Maintenance module reviews the concepts associated with performance measurement baseline maintenance. It describes the Contract Performance chart and the 

cost/schedule variance earned value management metrics 

chart; defines what a front-loaded baseline, rubber baseline, 

over-target baseline, and single-point adjustment mean in the 

context of earned value management; and provides exercises 

in which students apply the knowledge they have gained.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLB 023

Software Cost Estimating

The Software Cost Estimating module provides an overview 

of DoD’s policy, guidance, and application of software cost 

estimating, and it enables the business or program manager to 

determine if an estimate is realistic and defendable.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLB 016

Introduction to Earned Value 

Management

The Introduction to Earned Value Management module introduces the basics of earned value management (EVM) as it 

relates to acquisition program management. You will learn the 

five independent earned value variables and the three most 

common EVM metrics. At the conclusion of this module, you 

should be familiar with EVM-related laws passed by Congress, 

the Office of Management and Budget’s implementation of 

these laws, and current DoD policy guidance regarding EVM 

requirements. Additionally, you should recognize how work

scope, schedule, and resources are combined to establish the 

EVM performance measurement baseline.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour 

CLB 017

Performance Measurement Baseline

The Performance Measurement Baseline module introduces 

the earned value management language and processes associated with development of the performance measurement 

baseline. The course defines the concepts of total allocated 

budget, negotiated contract cost, authorized unpriced work,

contract budget baseline, over-target baseline, summarylevel planning packages, undistributed budget, management 

reserve, and the performance measurement baseline. The 

module describes a generic process for developing performance measurement baselines. It concludes by explaining 

the most common earned value techniques and relating the 

relative desirability and risks associated with each.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLB 018

Earned Value and Financial 

Management Reports

The Earned Value and Financial Management Reports module 

reviews the most common DoD data reports associated with 

earned value management, cost estimating, and financial 

management. It examines the purpose and relationship between the data item description and the contract data requirements list; identifies key players and purposes in reports; and 

outlines the DoD contract performance report and integrated 

master schedule tailoring guidance provided in the Earned 

Value Management Implementation Guide.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

Continuous Learning Modules
172 Appendix B

CLB 024

Cost Risk Analysis Introduction

The Cost Risk Analysis Introduction module provides the 

foundation for an understanding of risk management as it 

relates to cost estimation. It addresses program risks that help 

ensure program costs, schedule, and performance objectives 

are met.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLB 026

Forecasting Techniques

The goal of this module is to provide the learner with information on forecasting for the Defense Acquisition Workforce. 

This will include various forecasting techniques, approaches, 

and practical exercises, all designed to give the learner foundational knowledge of forecasting.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLB 029

Rates

The Rates module introduces the basics of wrap rate development as it relates to cost estimating. At the conclusion of this 

module, you should be familiar with and be able to describe 

portions of a cost estimate that require the use of wrap rate 

calculations. You will also be able to describe the components 

for building an estimate using engineering standards as well as 

calculate a wrap rate or Fully Burdened Labor Rate (FBLR).

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLB 030

Cost Data Sources

The Cost Data Sources module introduces the basics of data 

sources and collection as they relate to cost estimating. At the 

conclusion of this module, you should be familiar with and be 

able to describe various data sources used in the construction 

of a cost estimate. You will also be able to explain the necessity of having programmatic and technical data in addition 

to cost data as well as give illustrations of various problems 

relating to the collection and analysis of data.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours 

Contracting

CLC 001

Defense Subcontract Management

This module provides an overview of the laws, government 

policies, and regulations that apply to subcontracts and 

subcontract management. The module addresses subcontracting activities from the perspective of the staff of a defense 

acquisition program office. Topics include: small business 

subcontracting plans; contractor purchasing system reviews 

and consent to subcontract; flow-down clauses; subcontract 

pricing; subcontract administration; and other topics in 

subcontracting. 

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours 

CLC 003

Sealed Bidding

The Sealed Bidding module builds upon the sealed bidding 

process presented in CON 110, Mission Support Planning. This 

course is designed to provide acquisition professionals experience in understanding and reviewing sealed bidding concepts 

and processes when contracting for supplies and services. 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours 

CLC 004

Market Research

This module provides a foundational understanding of the 

benefits of effective market research to reduce acquisition 

costs and cycle times, and provide greater access to advanced 

technologies. The module covers the differences between 

tactical and strategic market research, and how to consolidate 

market research results to develop an acquisition strategy.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLC 005

Simplified Acquisition Procedures

This module is an interactive tutorial designed to provide 

federal procurement and acquisition professionals with a 
173

CLC 009

Service-Disabled, Veteran-Owned 

Small Business Program

The Service-Disabled, Veteran-Owned Small Business 

Program provides certain benefits for businesses owned by 

service-disabled veterans seeking contracts with the federal 

government. This training module explains the basic requirements of the program.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour 

CLC 011

Contracting for the Rest of Us

This module provides people who do not work in the Contracting career field with a basic knowledge of some of the 

essential processes and considerations that DoD Contracting 

professionals encounter to satisfy their customers’ requirements. The module also provides an introduction to some of 

the topics that are covered in greater depth in other Contracting modules.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours 

CLC 012

Contracting Officer’s Representative 

Overview (HCAA)

The Contracting Officer’s Representative Overview for 

the Health Care Acquisition Activity (HCAA ), U.S. Army 

Medical Command course provides students with a general 

knowledge of the varied roles and responsibilities involved in 

the contracting process. The course also provides insight for 

non-contracting personnel on the processes and procedures 

associated with contracting.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

better understanding of contracting for supplies and services 

using simplified acquisition procedures. Please note that this 

module does not provide credit for CON 237.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLC 006

Contract Terminations

There are many ways to terminate the obligations of a contract. Most often, parties conclude their contract obligations 

by performing them. However, sometimes problems arise and 

parties cannot or will not complete their obligations under 

the contract. By completing this module, you will be able to 

prepare and process a termination notice when appropriate. 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLC 007

Contract Source Selection

This interactive module is designed to provide federal 

procurement and acquisition professionals with a better 

understanding of the source selection process and its goals. 

The module covers planning for source selection, the source 

selection organization, roles of source selection team members, and notifications and debriefings of offerors. The module 

emphasizes the importance of close communication between

the government and offerors throughout the source selection 

process. 

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLC 008

Indirect Costs

An indirect cost is any cost not directly identified with a single, 

final cost objective, but rather is identified with two or more 

final cost objectives. Indirect costs are used for the pricing of 

contracts, interim contract billing, and the determination of 

actual contract costs. The purpose of this training module is 

to serve as a primer for those who are unfamiliar with indirect 

costs. The module can help prepare those who are planning to 

take CON 250.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour 

Continuous Learning Modules
174 Appendix B

CLC 013

Performance-Based Services 

Acquisition

The Performance-Based Services Acquisition module covers 

topics such as writing a statement of work, writing performance metrics, monitoring a contractor’s performance, and 

acquisition ethics. Implementing performance-based services 

acquisition is not just a DoD initiative; various organizations

need performance-based services acquisition. This module 

can support the training needs of all federal agencies.

Course Length: Approximately 6 hours

CLC 019

Leveraging DCMA for Program 

Success

The purpose of this module is to provide details on the 

products and services provided by the Defense Contract 

Management Agency (DCMA) that are available to a program 

manager and program management office staff. In addition, 

professionals taking this module will come to understand how 

these services and products can be utilized to reduce program

risk, and how to make initial contact with DCMA to arrange 

for DCMA program support. This module was developed in 

collaboration with DCMA.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLC 020

Commercial Item Determination

The Commercial Item Determination module is designed to 

aid acquisition personnel in developing sound business strategies for procuring commercial items. It provides professionals 

a clear understanding of the guidance and tools contained in 

the Commercial Item Determination Handbook, which is a practical reference tool for use in commercial item acquisitions.

Course Length: Approximately 3.5 hours

CLC 022

Profit Policy Revisions

The Profit Policy Revisions module gives professionals a 

familiarity with changes to DoD’s profit policy as a result of 

Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS ) 

Cases 2000-D300 and 2000-D018. These cases resulted in 

changes to the performance risk factor; the facilities capital 

employed; and the addition of a new cost efficiency factor.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLC 023

Commercial Item Determination 

Executive Overview

This self-paced module explores the commercial item determination process as outlined in the Commercial Item Determination Handbook. The handbook is a practical reference tool for 

use in commercial item acquisitions. DoD has designed this 

module to aid acquisition personnel in developing sound business strategies for procuring commercial items, and to gain a 

clear understanding of the guidance and tools contained in the 

Commercial Item Determination Handbook.

Course Length: Approximately 30 minutes

CLC 024

Basic Math Tutorial

This Basic Math Tutorial module is provided for CON 217 

students as well as anyone interested in increasing their 

basic math skills. Mathematics is a necessary and useful tool 

when determining price and cost reasonableness. Several 

performance support tools exist that can assist you with many 

of the calculations to accomplish your job; however, you may 

still need to perform your own calculations without the aid of 

a tool or calculator, and this module will help you practice the 

skills you’ll need to complete calculations without tools.

Course Length: Approximately 30 minutes
175

CLC 031

Reverse Auctioning

Reverse Auctioning is a self-paced module that provides 

a basic introduction of a new, Internet-based contracting 

technique that is used by the DoD acquisition community 

to achieve significant cost savings through the use of ecommerce capabilities. The course is intended for entry- and 

middle-level acquisition managers who might use the Internetbased technique in their daily business environments.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLC 033

Contract Format and Structure for 

DoD eBusiness Environment

The Contract Format and Structure for DoD eBusiness 

Environment module is designed to assist professionals 

with identifying and avoiding various issues associated with 

deficient contract structure. Successful graduates will be able 

to select important considerations associated with various 

sections of the uniform contract format, differentiate among 

special contract structures, and identify elements of effective 

contract line item structure.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLC 034

Provisional Award Fee

The Provisional Award Fee module provides information and 

examples for the DFARS guidance on provisional award fee 

payments. Please note that the module does not address 

when and how to use award-fee incentives in a contract. 

Provisional award fee payments can be made only on a costplus-award-fee contract.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLC 026

Performance-Based Payments 

Overview

This module presents an overview of the fundamental 

concepts of performance-based payments (PBPs) and the 

guidance necessary for implementing a performance-based 

payment financing structure as part of a fixed-price contract.

Course Length: Approximately 30 minutes

CLC 027

Buy American Act

The Buy American Act training module provides explanatory 

materials and practical examples that explain FAR Part 25 

and DFARS 225, which make up the Buy American Act. This 

module is intended for contract specialists and contracting 

officers.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLC 028

Past Performance Information

This self-paced module addresses the rationale behind collecting past performance information, why it should be used, 

and how its use improves contractor performance. This module is based on the DoD Past Performance Integrated Product 

Team (IPT) Guidebook entitled, A Guide to Collection and Use 

of Past Performance Information, which can be found at: http://

www.acq.osd.mil/dpap/Docs/PPI_Guide_2003_final.pdf.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLC 030

Essentials of Interagency 

Acquisitions/Fair Opportunity

The module is designed to provide DoD acquisition professionals with a better understanding of the need to ensure that 

non-DoD contracting instruments are appropriately used by 

DoD. It provides an overview of current policy; key concepts 

and requirements on scope, competition, and fiscal law; and 

the roles and responsibilities of the requesting activities and 

assisting agencies.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

Continuous Learning Modules
176 Appendix B

CLC 035

Other Transaction Authority for 

Prototype Projects: Comprehensive 

Coverage

The Other Transaction Authority for Prototype Projects: 

Comprehensive Coverage module is comprised of six lessons 

that present the mandatory requirements and other guidelines 

to consider and apply, as appropriate, when utilizing other

transaction authority (OTA ) for prototype projects.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLC 036

Other Transaction Authority for 

Prototype Projects Overview

The Other Transaction Authority for Prototype Projects 

Overview module provides a short overview of the mandatory 

requirements and other guidelines to consider and apply, as 

appropriate, when utilizing Other Transactions Authority for

Prototype Projects.

Course Length: Approximately 30 minutes

CLC 037

A-76 Competitive Sourcing Overview

The A-76 Competitive Sourcing Overview module is an 

introduction to the Office of Management and Budget Circular 

A-76 that implements the President’s Management Agenda 

for Competitive Sourcing. This overview course discusses the 

FAIR Act and A-76 program concepts, including the overall 

process, roles and responsibilities, legislation that affects 

DoD, and post-competition accountability.

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours

CLC 040

Predictive Analysis and Scheduling

The Predictive Analysis and Scheduling module provides an 

overview of the various types of schedules that are used by 

Defense Contract Management Agency personnel and a 

background of how predictive analysis is utilized to determine

and maintain schedules.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLC 041

Predictive Analysis and Systems 

Engineering

The Predictive Analysis and Systems Engineering module 

provides an overview of how predictive analysis plays a role in 

systems engineering. Professionals also learn about various 

systems engineering tools.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLC 042

Predictive Analysis and Quality 

Assurance

The Predictive Analysis and Quality Assurance module 

provides an overview of quality assurance activities and how 

they relate to the use of predictive analysis as a tool to form 

assumptions of future events.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLC 043

Defense Priorities and Allocations 

System

The goal of the Defense Priorities and Allocations System 

(DPAS) module is to ensure that government and industry 

users are thoroughly familiar with the priorities and allocations authority of the Defense Production Act. It also reveals 

the purpose of DPAS, which is to assure the timely availability 

of industrial resources to meet current and future national 

security and emergency preparedness requirements.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLC 044

Alternative Dispute Resolution

Alternative Dispute Resolution is a tool for resolving contract 

disputes without litigation. This module explains how to effectively use this tool when disputes arise.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours
177

CLC 051

Government Property

This module will cover the responsibilities and authorities 

of government contracting specialists in applying the legal, 

regulatory, and contractual requirements relating to government property in the possession of contractors.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLC 054

Electronic Subcontracting Reporting 

System (eSRS)

The Electronic Subcontracting Reporting System (eSRS ) 

module is an overview of the primary purpose of eSRS , which 

is to provide insight and transparency as to how government 

contracting dollars are being distributed among small and 

small disadvantaged businesses. The Internet-based eSRS

streamlines the reporting process of subcontracting plans and 

provides agencies with access to analytical data on subcontracting performance.

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours

CLC 055

Competition Requirements

This module is structured to emphasize key concepts for

promoting competition, appropriate to all personnel involved 

in the requirements and acquisition process. Competition 

is the cornerstone of the acquisition process. This training 

addresses responsibilities, policies, and procedures critical 

for ensuring that DoD funds are properly spent to obtain the 

right equipment, supplies, and services at the right price and 

on time. Maximizing competition is vital for delivering value to

the warfighter and the American taxpayer.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLC 045

Partnering

The Partnering module is an overview of the benefits of 

developing good government- contractor relationships. The 

partnering concept, designed to enhance contractor performance—a key component of alternative dispute resolution—is 

one method used to prevent disputes as well as minimize

disputes when/if they should occur.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLC 046

Green Procurement

Green procurement is the purchase of products and services with favorable energy or environmental attributes in 

accordance with federally mandated “green” procurement 

preference programs. DoD’s Green Procurement Program is 

a comprehensive strategy for implementing environmentally 

preferred practices while sustaining the overall mission. The 

overall objective of this lesson is to identify the objectives and 

background of DoD’s Green Procurement Program.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLC 047

Contract Negotiation Techniques

This module will help professionals obtain a better understanding of various analysis techniques and tools to use in the 

development of a contract’s negotiation range. After completion of this course, professionals will be better prepared to 

develop strategies for their contract negotiations.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLC 050

Contracting with Canada

The Contracting with Canada module provides professionals 

with an overview of the policies and procedures used when 

dealing and contracting with Canadian companies. This tutorial has been developed with the assistance of the Canadian 

Commercial Corporation, Canada’s international contracting 

agency responsible for U.S. defense contracting in Canada.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

Continuous Learning Modules
178 Appendix B

CLC 060

Time and Materials Contracts

The Time and Materials Contracts module provides professionals with an overview of new time and materials contracting policies—including links to the Federal Acquisition Regulation and Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement 

changes—and examples of how those documents should be 

used.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLC 061

Online Representations & 

Certifications Application (ORCA)

The goal of this module is to introduce the defense acquisition 

community to the use of the ORCA system in the Representations and Certifications process. The module will explain 

how ORCA automates the representations and certifications 

process, and demonstrate to vendors and contracting officials 

how to use the system.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLC 062

Intra-Governmental Transactions

This module provides an introduction and overview of IntraGovernmental Transactions (IGT s). The module will introduce 

the basics of IGT s and the root causes of certain challenges, 

while introducing strategies for addressing problems. An 

in-depth study of the intra-governmental process through the 

Business Enterprise Architecture (BEA) and the Intra-governmental Value Added Network (IVAN ) system is provided

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLC 102

Administration of Other Transactions

This module is specifically about the administration of other 

transactions, 10 U.S.C. 237, which are conducted outside 

most federal procurement laws and regulations. This module 

is designed to help professionals distinguish other transactions from contracts, grants, and cooperative agreements; 

understand what regulations govern other transactions; learn 

responsibilities of the various parties involved in managing 

other transactions; describe the financial implications of other 

transactions; explain intellectual property, data, and real 

property rights under other transaction arrangements; and 

know the issues involved with modification and termination of 

other transactions.

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours

CLC 103

Facilities Capital Cost of Money

This module will help professionals learn to develop a prenegotiation position for facilities capital cost of money that 

is fair and reasonable, given market research and proposed 

information from the organization providing the offer. Professionals will learn to recognize elements affecting facilities

capital cost of money, identify the steps to calculate the facilities capital cost of money (using DD Form 1861), and calculate 

facilities capital cost of money.

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours

CLC 104

Analyzing Profit or Fee

Determining profit or fee involves rewarding the contractor for 

performance and acceptance of risk. But what is a reasonable profit or fee for a given contract? Different individuals’ 

perspectives may vary substantially on this question. That is 

why proper use of the structured approach required by the 

Federal Acquisition Regulation is so important. In this module, 

professionals will learn about this approach and the guidelines 

for developing a reasonable profit or fee position.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLC 106

Contracting Officer’s Representative 

with a Mission Focus

This module provides an overview of the acquisition process, 

teaming, ethics and integrity, authorities, contract classification, contract types, proper file documentation, performance 

assessment methods, remedies for poor performance, invoice 

requirements, contract modifications, and contract management. The construct of this module provides a flexible training 

set that can be tailored to your agency’s contracting officer’s 

representative training certification program.

Course Length: Approximately 8 hours
179

CLC 113

Procedures, Guidance, and 

Information

The Procedures, Guidance, and Information (PGI) module is 

a companion resource to the DFARS . The PGI is a Web-based 

tool to simply and rapidly access guidance and information 

relevant to Federal Acquisition Regulation and DFARS topics. 

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLC 114

Contingency Contracting Officer 

Refresher

It is important that contingency contracting officers (CCO s) 

be provided with the training they need to excel during 

their assignments. CCO s need to apply sound procurement 

techniques, understand funding implications, and effectively 

administer their contracts while demonstrating exemplary 

integrity and ethics. CCO s help DoD to accomplish its contingency mission and funnel much-needed funds into regional 

economies.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLC 120

Utilities Privatization Contract 

Administration

The Utilities Privatization Contract Administration

module explains the process by which the government transfers ownership of a utilities system to a qualified contractor. 

This module was developed to provide information to DoD

professionals who are involved in the contract administration, or post-award, stage of utilities privatization services

contracts. The success of this contract stage depends in large 

part upon performing effective quality assurance checks and 

properly managing contract price changes.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLC 107

OPSEC Contract Requirements

When a program manager determines that it is appropriate 

to include operational security (OPSEC ) requirements in a 

contract, it is important that the contract include sufficient 

guidance to convey to the contractor his or her OPSEC responsibilities. The objectives of this module are to outline the basic 

elements of OPSEC , identify the role of OSPEC within DoD, 

and recognize the OPSEC responsibilities of program managers and contracting officers.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLC 108

Strategic Sourcing Overview

This module provides an overview of strategic sourcing 

concepts and techniques for helping organizations make the

shift from tactical to strategic purchasing. Strategic sourcing 

can be a key enabler for achieving improved quality and lower 

cost related to the purchase of goods and services.

Course Length: Approximately 4.5 hours

CLC 110

Spend Analysis Strategies

The Spend Analysis Strategies module describes one of several tools DoD and the federal government are using to gain 

critical insights into the procurement history and spend patterns for purchased goods and services. Ultimately, a spend 

analysis contributes to the foundation for identifying valuable 

strategic sourcing improvement opportunities.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLC 112

Contractors Accompanying the Force

This brief module will address the roles and responsibilities of 

a commander in planning for the use of contractors authorized

to accompany U.S. armed forces, with a focus on the guidance 

in DoDI 3020.41, Contractor Personnel Authorized to Accompany 

the U.S. Armed Forces. The module will also introduce basic 

acquisition and contract management requirements related to 

implementing DoDI 3020.41 in field conditions.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

Continuous Learning Modules
180 Appendix B

CLC 125

Berry Amendment

After completing the Berry Amendment module, DoD acquisition personnel responsible for procuring textiles and other 

covered items will be able to select the necessary statutory 

requirements to apply during the acquisition process in order 

to comply with the provisions of the Berry Amendment. 

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLC 131

Commercial Item Pricing

This training module includes an overview of the new procedures, guidance, and information concerning sole-source 

commercial items and elaboration on the requirements of FAR

15.4. The overall learning objective of the module is to identify 

the various pricing methodologies that can be used to determine fair and reasonable prices for a commercial acquisition.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLC 132

Organizational Conflicts of Interest

The Organizational Conflicts of Interest module provides an

overview on how to recognize situations that could lead to an

organizational conflict of interest.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLC 133

Contract Payment Instructions

The Contract Payment Instructions module provides an 

overview of how to identify and apply DFARS procedures, 

guidance, and information requirements, as well as procedures for payment and billing under DoD contracts. The 

module contains valuable illustrative examples of contract line 

item structure as it pertains to contract payment.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLC 206

Contracting Officer’s Representatives 

in a Contingency Environment

CLC 206 is designed specifically for Contracting Officer’s 

Representatives (COR s) who are deployed in a contingency 

environment. It covers the basics of contracting, along with 

the ethical situations and cultural differences a COR may 

experience while deployed in a contingency operation.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLC 222

Contracting Officer’s Representative 

Course 

This course provides an overview of the responsibilities of 

the contracting officer’s representative, focusing on pre- and 

post-contract award duties and using numerous case-based 

scenarios. This is a fee-for-service on-site course delivered for 

requesting organizations after coordination between the organization’s representative and the appropriate DAU representative.

Course Length: Approximately 32 hours

Engineering and 

Technology

CLE 001

Value Engineering

Value Engineering (VE)is recognized as an effective technique

for reducing costs, increasing productivity, and improving 

quality-related features of systems, equipment, facilities, services, and supplies for the purpose of achieving the essential 

functions at the lowest life cycle cost consistent with required 

performance. This module provides an overview of VE from 

both the acquirer and contractor perspective; how VE can be 

applied and implemented; and how VE change proposals can 

be effectively used.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours
181

priorities. It also summarizes the most important lean tools

and techniques such as single piece flow, level production 

(heijunka), waste (muda), kaizen, just-in time, jidoka, etc.

Course Length: Approximately 6 hours

CLE 008

Six Sigma: Concepts and Processes

Focusing on six sigma concepts most applicable to manufacturing and the management of industrial facilities, this module 

provides an in-depth overview of Six Sigma concept processes; the associated tools and how they can be applied to 

real-life situations for eliminating waste; and outlining various 

quality measurement methods.

Course Length: Approximately 8 hours

CLE 009

System Safety in Systems Engineering

System Safety in Systems Engineering provides an overview of 

the methodology defined in MIL-STD -882D, Standard Practice 

for System Safety. This module will help students understand 

how the MIL -STD -882D methodology should be integrated 

into the DoD systems engineering process for eliminating 

environment, safety, and occupational health (ESOH) hazards

or minimizing their risks. It uses the DoD systems engineering

V-model as a construct to identify the key system safety activities that are conducted during each phase of the system’s 

life cycle.

Course Length: Approximately 3.5 hours

CLE 010

Privacy Protection

This module addresses the scope of privacy protection to 

include the laws, policies, and key guidance. It covers potential 

risks to privacy protection, procedures to promote privacy 

protection and ways to recognize privacy breaches. Via a

series of three short case studies, the Privacy Protection 

module provides students with the ability to recognize and

respond appropriately to fundamental privacy concerns when 

performing activities in acquisition, requirements development and research.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLE 003

Technical Reviews

This module provides a systematic process for employing 

Technical Reviews to assess design maturity, technical risk, 

development status, and programmatic risk for acquisition 

programs. The module also presents essential, practical 

guidelines on the effective use of Technical Reviews as part 

of the DoD acquisition life cycle and also provides access to 

detailed, tailorable checklists for individual technical reviews 

that can be used to support their conduct.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLE 004

Introduction to Lean Enterprise 

Concepts

This module focuses on the Lean concepts most applicable 

to manufacturing and the management of industrial facilities. It addresses the five fundamental Lean principles; Lean 

value streams; Lean metrics; identifying manufacturing and 

information waste within an enterprise; and techniques for 

implementing Lean beyond the factory floor, including value 

stream analysis and mapping.

Course Length: Approximately 3.5 hours

CLE 006

Enterprise Integration Overview

The Enterprise Integration Overview module introduces 

fundamental Enterprise Integration (EI) concepts and EI

implementation strategies, and describes suggested EI best 

practices. Additionally, the course gives professionals an 

overview of the legal and regulatory frameworks, and a typical 

EI acquisition life cycle. 

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLE 007

Lean Six Sigma for Manufacturing

As a continuation of the concepts developed in CLE 004, 

Introduction to Lean Enterprise Concepts, this module 

addresses the role Lean manufacturing plays as part of an 

integrated Lean technical process to include its objectives and 

Continuous Learning Modules
182 Appendix A Appendix B

CLE 011

Modeling and Simulation for Systems 

Engineering

Modeling and Simulation (M&S) for Systems Engineering provides an overview of how M&S supports the DoD

acquisition process, outlines relevant DoD acquisition policy 

and guidance and summarizes how M&S supports systems

engineering. Students will understand its effective use; the 

reuse of M&S assets; the key aspects of verification, validation, and accreditation; and how the government should plan 

for contracting support for M&S.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLE 012

Naval Open Architecture

This module explains open architecture principles and 

introduces students to the Naval open architecture approach, 

policies, and guidance. The module covers the benefits of the 

modular open systems approach; how open architectures are 

used in practice; how to contract for open architectures; and 

the steps associated with the open architecture assessment 

model. Examples of successfully implemented programs are 

provided as well as a set of resources that provide help when 

an organization implements open architecture.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLE 013

Modular Open Systems Approach to 

DoD Acquisition

The DoD modular open systems approach combines an 

integrated technical and business approach to optimize the

use of open systems on projects. This module describes the 

modular open systems approach, its key principles, and how 

to implement and use it over the acquisition life cycle.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLE 015

Continuous Process Improvement 

Familiarization

This module familiarizes students with the various continuous process improvement methodologies such as Six Sigma, 

Lean, and the Theory of Constraints, which can be employed 

to improve overall organizational performance. Roles and

responsibilities are addressed as well as effective deployment 

strategies.

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours

CLE 016

Outcome-Based Performance 

Measures

This module covers performance measurement terminology, DoD policy, and rationale for their creation; identifies 

how outcome-based performance measures can be linked to 

strategic plans; and provides guidance on formulating effective outcome-based performance measures for information 

technology investments as required by Title 40. Students will 

be familiarized with the Balanced Scorecard approach; ways

and processes that effective Outcome-Based Performance 

Measures can be developed; and the role played by the post 

implementation review.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLE 017

Technical Planning

This module presents essential and practical technical planning guidance to assist students in formulating a sound technical planning approach and how it should be integrated into the 

overall program planning process. 

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLE 018

E3 and Spectrum Supportability for 

Acquisition Professionals

This module introduces students to the proper ways to 

consider electromagnetic environmental effects (E3) and 

spectrum supportability (SS) as part of the DoD acquisition process and provides an appreciation of how E3 and SS
183

CLE 025

Information Assurance (IA) for 

Acquisition Professionals

The Information Assurance (IA) for Acquisition Professionals 

module discusses the incorporation of IA into defense acquisition programs. This module will identify key IA attributes, 

statutory and regulatory requirements for IA, IA strategies 

for acquisition programs, steps for successfully implementing 

IA, and an explanation of the IA certification and accreditation process. This module enables program managers and 

other acquisition professionals to integrate IA into acquisition 

programs.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLE 026

Trade Studies

The Trade Studies module addresses the important role 

that trade studies play in systems acquisition and discusses 

processes for conducting effective trade studies. It describes 

a four-phase process that can be used to initiate, develop, 

evaluate, and perform follow-on action with respect to trade 

studies and outlines success factors.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLE 028

Market Research for Engineering and 

Technical Personnel

Market Research for Engineering and Technical Personnel 

describes market research from the perspective of technical 

personnel. It explains the practical value and discusses the 

government mandate to conduct market research. The course 

addresses market research team membership, sources for 

obtaining market data, and techniques for technical evaluation 

and documentation of market information.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

certification impact systems acquisition. A checklist for E3/SS

processes is provided and the associated tasks are reviewed 

to ensure E3/SS is taken into consideration during systems 

design, production, and integration to avoid degraded performance, program schedule delays, and funding issues.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLE 021

Technology Readiness Assessments

This module covers technology readiness assessments, 

critical technology elements, and technology readiness levels. 

Students will learn to recognize technology and management

factors used in the critical technology elements identification 

process; the basic maturity characteristics associated with 

various levels of technology maturity; the requirements for 

preparing and reviewing a technology readiness assessments; 

and to recognize technology maturation considerations.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLE 022

Program Manager Introduction to 

Anti-Tamper

This module introduces the program manager to the steps 

involved in integrating Anti-Tamper into a program or project 

in order to protect DoD critical program information. The 

student will learn the importance, the threats to critical DoD

technology, current DoD initiatives and programs designed 

to mitigate them, how to plan for effective use of anti-tamper, 

and how it can be effectively integrated into the overall 

program.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLE 023

Modeling and Simulation for Test and 

Evaluation

This module discusses information assurance (IA) within 

defense acquisition programs. Students will gain an appreciation for its key attributes; the Global Information Grid and 

network-centric warfare; the DoD regulatory requirements 

for implementing IA in DoD acquisitions; how to determine IA

compliance requirements; and how to successfully integrate 

Information Assurance (IA) into an acquisition program.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

Continuous Learning Modules
184 Appendix B

CLE 029

Testing In a Joint Environment

This module will familiarize DoD test and evaluation personnel

and other acquisition professionals with the basic principles 

and practices related to testing in a joint environment.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLE 031

Research, Development, and 

Engineering Command (RDECOM)

This module acquaints the student with Research, Development, and Engineering Command (RDECO M) systems 

engineering policy guidance. The module provides RDECO Mspecific policy guidance related to the systems engineering 

process, systems engineering plans, and the assessment and 

reporting related to technology readiness levels

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLE 036

Engineering Change Proposals for 

Engineers

This module addresses the important role that engineering 

change proposals play in systems acquisition. Students are 

introduced to engineering change proposals and requests for 

deviation. They also learn the processes used to effectively 

plan, request, submit, evaluate, recommend, and implement 

engineering change proposals.

Course Length: Approximately 5 hours

CLE 037

Telemetry

This module will provide an overview of telemetry, including the components of telemetry systems and applications. 

Coverage of the material begins with telemetry nomenclature; 

outlines a brief history of the field of telemetry; moves to the 

subsystems of a telemetry system; discusses the personnel 

who work with telemetry data; and touches upon range applications, testing, recording, display, and analysis of telemetry 

data.

Course Length: Approximately 6 hours

CLE 038

Time Space-Position Information

This Defense Test and Evaluation Professional Institute 

(DTE PI) learning module provides a general overview of time 

space-position information (TSPI) including the importance of 

the error volume concept associated with each of the methods 

to be discussed. This is followed by detailed sections on 

radars, the global positioning system, optical systems, other 

TSPI systems, and a discussion of various scoring or missdistance measurement systems.

Course Length: Approximately 6 hours

CLE 039

Environmental Issues in Testing and 

Evaluation

This Defense Test and Evaluation Professional Institute 

(DTE PI) learning module focuses on the broad environmental 

issues and related procedures affecting the DoD mission 

related to testing and evaluation.

Course Length: Approximately 5 hours

CLE 040

IUID Marking

The goal of this module is to provide the student with knowledge of how to go about marking a data matrix on an item. It 

covers technical details of encoding the data matrix; standard 

practices, methods, and technologies for data matrix marking; and technical documentation requirements and quality 

considerations.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLE 041

Software Reuse

The goal of this module is to introduce software reuse; it 

explains the principles of effective reuse and how these 

principles can be applied to software reuse in the National 

Security Systems (NSS ).

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours
185

The CMMI can be used by both government and industry 

to increase process capability and improve organizational

maturity.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLE 201

ISO 9000:2000

This module covers the basic elements of ISO 9000 and 

lessons learned regarding its implementation and use. The 

module will be of value to personnel actively engaged in 

manufacturing activities in contractor industrial facilities, 

depots, logistics centers, and shipyards. However, the ISO

9000 quality standards can be applied to any type of product, 

service, organization, or process, including software.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLE 301

Reliability and Maintainability

This module defines Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability (RAM); explores the significant influence of RAM 

on systems; and provides practical techniques that may be 

applied in an acquisition program to achieve the desired levels 

of RAM.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

Government Purchase 

Card Training

CLG 001

DoD Government Purchase Card

The DoD Government Purchase Card module presents the 

mandatory requirements and other guidelines to consider and 

apply, as appropriate, when using the government purchase 

card. Government purchase cardholders and billing officials 

will learn to be at ease with using the government purchase 

card while also being responsible and accountable.

Course Length: Approximately 3.5 hours

CLE 045

Introduction to DoD Science and 

Technology Management

This module provides students with an understanding of 

DoD S&T review processes; the process of S&T development 

through basic research, applied research, and advanced 

technology Development; the Service processes and DoD

technology initiatives; and the concept of technology maturity, 

including the use of technology readiness levels, critical 

technology elements, and their use in acquisition technology 

readiness assessments.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLE 047

Grounding, Bonding, and Shielding

This module provides students with a comprehensive understanding of the importance of a properly grounded, bonded, 

and shielded system for the minimization of electromagnetic

interference (EMI). Students become acquainted with specialized terminology, grounding schematics, bonding practices

and types, and the basic rules for the implementation of 

shields to control radiated EMI. 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLE 060

Practical Software and Systems 

Measurement

This module provides an approach for and develops skills in 

obtaining and analyzing measurement data and in developing and assessing a measurement process. The module is 

intended for acquisition professionals, suppliers, managers, 

technical leads, and measurement analysts.

Course Length: Approximately 5 hours

CLE 063

Capability Maturity Model-Integration 

(CMMI)

The Capability Maturity Model-Integration (CMMI) product 

suite includes models, training, and appraisal methods that 

provide a set of best practices and an improvement path for 

suppliers and acquirers for internal process improvement. 

Continuous Learning Modules
186 Appendix B

CLG 004

DoD Government Purchase Card 

Refresher Training

The DoD Government Purchase Card Refresher Training module presents the mandatory requirements and other guidelines 

to consider and apply when using the government purchase 

card. This refresher course is based on the key points in the 

DoD Government Purchase Card Tutorial module as well as 

important new areas of emphasis. It was developed to provide 

refresher training for government purchase cardholders and 

approving officials.

Course Length: Approximately 3.5 hours

CLG 005

Purchase Card Online System 

(PCOLS)

This module provides comprehensive role-based PCOLS

training to DoD purchase card personnel to meet the requirement of deploying PCOLS DoD-wide. This includes both the 

acquisition and financial hierarchies within the purchase card 

program as defined by PCOLS .

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

International 

Armaments and Info 

Exchange Training

CLI 001

International Armaments Cooperation 

(IAC), Part 1

This module addresses Office of the Secretary of Defense and 

DoD component reorganizations that streamline the development and execution of IAC . It also provides information on the 

multilateral and bilateral forums and bodies that promote IAC

and tangibly contribute to DoD-led IAC . 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLI 002

International Armaments Cooperation 

(IAC), Part 2

This module addresses policies and processes of the international agreements and the Foreign Comparative Testing 

Program; the Defense Research, Development, Test, and Evaluation Information Exchange Program; the Defense personnel 

exchanges; the Engineer and Scientists Exchange Program; the 

Administrative and Professional Personnel Exchange Program; 

and the Cooperative Programs/Projects Personnel program. 

This course is based on the DoD International Armaments 

Cooperation Handbook.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLI 003

International Armaments Cooperation 

(IAC), Part 3

The International Armaments Cooperation (IAC ), Part 3, is the 

third in a three-part series of classes that introduce the history 

and functions of IAC . This module addresses Defense cooperative trade and industrial logistics, and security and technology transfer requirements for IAC . This course is based on the 

DoD International Armaments Cooperation Handbook.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLI 004

Information Exchange Program (IEP), 

DoD Generic Research, Development, 

Test, and Evaluation (RDT&E)

DoD Generic Research, Development, Test, and Evaluation 

(RDT &E) Information Exchange Program (IEP), an International Armaments Cooperation module, ensures that acquisition 

workforce members understand the IEP and why they should 

use it; and are able to execute IEP information exchanges with 

expertise, responsibility, and accountability. This module addresses DoD component-wide requirements for developing, 

coordinating, negotiating, and executing IEP annexes.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours
187

CLL 004

Life Cycle Logistics for the Rest of Us

The goal of this module is to provide individuals who do not 

work in the logistics field with a basic knowledge of some of 

the essential processes and considerations that DoD Logistics 

professionals encounter to satisfy their customers’ 

requirements.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 006

Depot Maintenance Partnering

The Depot Maintenance Partnering module will introduce 

professionals to ways in which depot maintenance partnering can be used as a cost-effective technique for applying a 

performance-based logistics philosophy in the real world. 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLL 008

Designing for Supportability in DoD 

Systems

Designing for Supportability in DoD Systems provides a 

comprehensive overview and introduction to incorporating 

the principles of systems engineering throughout the system 

life cycle to design, develop, produce, and sustain operationally reliable, supportable, and effective systems. It introduces 

the system operational effectiveness model and process. 

It demonstrates how consistent application of the system 

operational effectiveness process, during all phases of the 

acquisition life cycle, facilitates the optimization of system

supportability and operational effectiveness.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 011

Performance-Based Logistics

The Performance-Based Logistics module contains five lessons that present performance-based logistics as the strategy 

of choice for product support. The module is based on the 

DoD performance-based logistics guidebook, Product Support: 

A Program Manager’s Guide to Buying Performance (published 

November 2001).

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLI 005

Information Exchange Program 

(IEP), Army-Specific Research, 

Development, Test, and Evaluation 

(RDT&E)

This module provides an introduction to Army-specific 

IEP; Army-specific IEP requirements; the use of U.S. Army 

International Online Information Analysis Center agreements; annexes and activities development, coordination, and 

management system for developing the templates for the IEP 

annex package; and decentralization of the IEP annex development, coordination, negotiation, and conclusion process.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLI 006

Information Exchange Program 

(IEP), Navy-Specific Research, 

Development, Test, and Evaluation 

(RDT&E)

This module ensures that Navy acquisition workforce members understand the Navy-specific procedures for implementing DoD’s IEP, why they should participate in the IEP, and how 

to execute IEP information exchanges.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

Logistics

CLL 002

Defense Logistics Agency Support to 

the PM

The Defense Logistics Agency Support to the PM module 

is designed to introduce participants to the capabilities of 

the Defense Logistics Agency in delivering support to the 

warfighter. Professionals will be provided with an overview 

of the Defense Logistics Agency and the benefits the agency 

provides to the program manager, operational units, and the 

Service inventory control points. 

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

Continuous Learning Modules
188 Appendix B

CLL 013

DoD Packaging

This module will allow professionals to obtain knowledge of 

the value of the packaging, handling, storage, and transportation process. An effective knowledge and application of packaging, handling, storage, and transportation principles will 

benefit professionals throughout the life cycle of a program.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 014

Joint Systems Integrated Support 

Strategies (JSISS)

The Joint Systems Integrated Support Strategies (JSISS ) 

module addresses the importance of integrated support strategies to a joint acquisition program, as well as DoD guidance 

and policy relevant to the development of joint strategies. In 

addition, the module will inform participants of the challenges 

and issues that must be addressed when planning for an 

integrated joint support strategy.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 015

Business Case Analysis

The Business Case Analysis module provides an overview of 

DoD’s policies and guidance of business case analysis. The 

primary focus of the module is the structure, format, process, 

and methodology of business case analysis. In addition, the 

module addresses the application of business case analysis 

in the DoD context, which is currently oriented toward using 

business case analysis to support best-value selection of 

weapon system support strategies that use performancebased logistics.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 016

Joint Logistics

This module provides professionals with knowledge of functional assignments that involve joint planning, inter-Service, 

and multinational logistics support, as well as joint logistics in 

a theater of operations. By completing this module, professionals will recognize the important roles and responsibilities

within the joint logistics environment; the capabilities that 

joint logistics delivers; the important factors related to planning, executing, and controlling joint logistics; and the factors 

that will ensure a successful future for joint logistics.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 017

Introduction to Defense Distribution

The Introduction to Defense Distribution module provides a 

brief overview of the vision, mission, and components of U.S. 

Transportation Command; assignment of the DoD distribution 

process owner; key players in the joint deployment and distribution enterprise, and their roles and responsibilities; different 

types of planning processes and tools; supply, transportation, 

and joint theater logistics processes and systems within joint 

deployment and distribution enterprise as well as key concepts of deployment and sustainment across these processes; 

and customer service transformational efforts.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLL 019

Technology Refreshment Planning

The Technology Refreshment Planning module provides 

professionals with an overview of technology refreshment 

planning as it applies across the weapons system life cycle. 

The module will cover basic concepts, regulatory material, and 

planning for and applications used in technology refreshment.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours
189

CLL 024

Title 10 Limitations on the 

Performance of Depot-Level 

Maintenance (50/50)

The Limitations on the Performance of Depot-Level Maintenance (50/50) is an introductory presentation of DoD

maintenance. The module provides professionals with a 

review of Section 2466 of Title 10 U.S.C., which mandates 

that the Services and combatant commanders may not have 

more than 50 percent of depot maintenance performed by 

non-DoD personnel.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 025

Depot Maintenance Inter-Service 

Support Agreements (DMISA)

The Depot Maintenance Inter-Service Support Agreements 

(DMISA ) module is for maintenance inter-Service support 

offices; managers; and others who prepare, review, negotiate, 

and manage DMISA s. The module explains key duties and 

the process for creating DMISA s. Professionals will improve 

the efficiency of DoD depot maintenance planning activities 

through their successful implementation of DMISA s.

Course Length: Approximately 5 hours

CLL 026

Depot Maintenance Capacity 

Measurement

The Depot Maintenance Capacity Measurement module provides professionals with a basic understanding of the methods 

used to measure, record, and report capacity and utilization

data for organic activities that perform depot maintenance.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLL 020

Independent Logistics Assessments

This module provides professionals with an introduction to 

independent logistics assessments, which is a formal review of 

the state of a program’s logistics planning and documentation. 

This review occurs before Milestone B, before Milestone C, 

and before full rate production. Independent logistics assessments checklists, handbooks, and references can also be used 

to assist in early logistics support and sustainment planning, 

including assisting in planning for Milestone A.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 022

Title 10 Depot Maintenance Statute 

Overview

The Title 10 Depot Maintenance Statute Overview module 

provides a review of the definition of DoD maintenance, the 

public policy environment within which DoD depot-level maintenance operates, the various sections of 10 U.S.C. impacting 

depot-level maintenance, and DoD policy for the maintenance 

of military materiel.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLL 023

Title 10 U.S.C. 2464 Core Statute 

Implementation

The Title 10 U.S.C. 2464 Core Statute Implementation module 

provides an introductory presentation of DoD maintenance; 

and it reviews the capabilities, methodology, policies, roles, 

and responsibilities required for services. Public law mandates 

that DoD maintain an organic core logistics capability with 

ready and controlled resources necessary to ensure effective and timely responses to mobilizations, national defense

contingencies, and other emergency requirements.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

Continuous Learning Modules
190 Appendix B

CLL 029

Condition-Based Maintenance Plus 

(CBM+)

The Condition-Based Maintenance Plus (CBM+) module provides the learner with an overview and introduction to depot 

maintenance management and operations needed in DoD

legacy systems. The module will cover DoD maintenance, 

CBM+ information and background, essential elements, 

CBM+ implementation, and managing initiatives and measuring success.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLL 030

Reliability Centered Maintenance 

(RCM)

This module provides the learner with information on reliability centered maintenance (RCM) for the Defense Acquisition 

Workforce. This will include defining RCM, an introduction to 

the history and development, as well as the process and application of RCM. The overarching objective is for the student 

to understand RCM, its fundamental process and applications.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLL 034

SLAMIS

The SLAMIS module provides professionals with a basic understanding of the Army’s Standard Study Number-Line Item 

Number (SSN -LIN) Automated Management and Integrating 

System (SLA MIS ). The module also describes the events that 

led to the development and need for this application addressing key equipment procurement, fielding, and sustainment 

issues. 

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLL 119

Technical Refreshment 

Implementation Module

This module introduces you to the basic concepts to be 

considered in assessing opportunities, planning and budgeting 

issues, and addresses the steps necessary to effectively manage the implementation of technology insertion or refresh. 

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 201

Diminishing Manufacturing Sources 

and Material Shortages (DMSMS) 

Fundamentals

This module provides professionals with a working-level 

overview of DMSMS issues. While professionals will not be 

experts upon completion of the course, they will have a working knowledge of DMSMS history, issues, tools, and current 

initiatives, and will have seen real examples of successful 

proactive DMSMS programs. Professionals will understand 

why standardization of policies and procedures within the

DMSMS community is so important and will become familiar 

with many other related topics. 

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 202

Diminishing Manufacturing Sources 

and Material Shortages (DMSMS) 

Executive Overview

The module provides concise Diminishing Manufacturing 

Sources and Material Shortages (DMSMS) information for 

executives or program managers who require an understanding of how DMSMS impacts their operations. 

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLL 203

Diminishing Manufacturing Sources 

and Material Shortages (DMSMS) 

Essentials

The Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material Shortages (DMSMS) Essentials module is for professionals who 

have a working knowledge of DMSMS regulations and policies, and it is recommended that professionals complete CLL

201 and CLL 202. This module focuses on DMSMS problems 

regarding electronics, as well as with mechanical items and 

materials. The module will introduce professionals to the Defense Logistics Agency’s DMSMS programs and capabilities, 

and will review basic techniques for component research.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours
191

Acquisition and 

Management

CLM 003

Ethics Training for the AT&L 

Workforce

This module reinforces the most important legal ethics standards governing interaction between government personnel 

and DoD’s contractors. Areas addressed include conflicts 

of interest; gratuities from contractors; the Procurement 

Integrity Act; job-hunting for a position with private industry 

while still employed with the federal government; restrictions on post-government employment of a former federal 

employee or officer; and ethical problems that can arise when 

both government and contractor personnel work in common 

spaces on common goals as a single team. 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLM 012

Scheduling

This module focuses on scheduling processes and tools that 

can be used to develop schedules for a defense systems 

acquisition project. Scheduling is the focus of the planning and 

control process and depends, to a great extent, on program 

risk and the resources available (time, money, facilities, 

manpower, and workforce skills). Scheduling is a roadmap 

for systems development, and thus, it is an inherent part of 

program management.

Course Length: Approximately 12 hours

CLM 013

Work-Breakdown Structure

This module addresses two fundamental and interrelated 

types of work-breakdown structures: the program work-breakdown structure that is developed by a program management 

office and the contract work-breakdown structure that is 

developed by a contractor. 

Course Length: Approximately 6 hours

CLL 204

Diminishing Manufacturing Sources 

and Material Shortages (DMSMS) 

Case Studies

This module is for professionals who have a working knowledge of DMSMS regulations and policies. In this module, 

professionals will have an opportunity to review some 

DMSMS program scenarios, evaluating for the program’s level 

of proactivity, and will be able to make DMSMS management 

decisions.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLL 205

Diminishing Manufacturing Sources 

and Material Shortages (DMSMS) for 

Technical Professionals

This module covers the current processes, policies, and 

procedures used by technical professionals to practice proactive management. It focuses on the high-level best practices 

for running each program. You can adjust the procedures and 

techniques to your Service as appropriate.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLL 206

Parts Management Executive 

Overview

This module gives an overview of the parts management 

program, which is an integral part of the acquisition process 

for design, development, modification, and support of weapons systems and equipment. Parts management focuses on 

selecting the best parts at the design phase of an acquisition 

program under an overarching systems engineering umbrella. 

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours

Continuous Learning Modules
192 Appendix B

CLM 014

IPT Management and Leadership

This module introduces management and leadership concepts 

used to organize, manage, and lead an integrated product

team. Integrated product teams are used throughout the 

acquisition process to open the cross-functional and crossorganizational lines of communication and are formed for the

specific purpose of delivering a product for a customer.

Course Length: Approximately 8 hours

CLM 016

Cost Estimating

This module focuses on basic cost-estimating tools and 

techniques. Cost estimates are one of the fundamental building blocks of the acquisition process. The cost estimate and its 

supporting budget are a part of the baseline against which a 

program’s progress and success are measured.

Course Length: Approximately 8 hours

CLM 017

Risk Management

Risk is always a concern in the DoD systems acquisition 

process. The acquisition process itself is designed, to a large 

degree, to allow risk to be managed from conception to delivery of the system. Although risk is inherent in any program, 

risk management ensures managers take measures to assess 

and handle risks. This module focuses on tools and processes 

that can be used to manage risk on a defense systems acquisition project.

Course Length: Approximately 8 hours

CLM 021

Introduction to Reducing Total 

Ownership Costs (R-TOC)

The Introduction to Reducing Total Ownership Costs (R-TOC ) 

module provides professionals with R-TOC ideas, tools, and 

strategies with the acquisition and logistics communities. 

The module gives professionals an orientation to the R-TOC

requirement, definitions of key R-TOC concepts, and descriptions of best practices. It emphasizes total cost of ownership

reduction from a systems perspective. 

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLM 023

Javits-Wagner-O’Day (JWOD) 

Tutorial

The JWOD Tutorial module provides professionals and DoD

purchase card holders a better understanding of the JavitsWagner-O’Day (JWOD) Program. There are over 14 million 

Americans with severe disabilities, and the unemployment 

rate for people with severe disabilities is 70 percent. The 

JWOD Program helps people with disabilities who are unable 

to obtain or maintain employment on their own. The module 

provides an introduction to JWOD, to the purchase card, 

and to contracts, and provides answers to frequently asked 

questions.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLM 024

Contracting Overview

The Contracting Overview module gives an overview of the 

market research process, the process for developing criteria 

or factors for teams to use in evaluating contractors during 

source selection, and the use of the uniform contract format.

Course Length: Approximately 8 hours

CLM 025

Commercial-Off-The-Shelf (COTS) 

Acquisition for Program Managers

This module provides an overview of the fundamental challenges faced by organizations when they integrate commercial

items to form a system; addresses the issues involved in 

buying from the commercial marketplace; summarizes lessons

learned from programs that have made extensive use of commercial items; and offers suggestions.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLM 028

Space Acquisition

The purpose of this module is to explain the space acquisition 

process outlined in National Security Space Acquisition Policy 

03-01 (Published Dec. 27, 2004). Professionals will learn how 

NSS 03-01 streamlines the acquisition oversight process. 

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours
193

CLM 032

Evolutionary Acquisition

The Evolutionary Acquisition module is designed to introduce 

professionals to the ideas and principles of evolutionary acquisition, and teach professionals how to apply them in a rapidly 

changing environment.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLM 033

DAWIA II

The Defense Acquisition Workforce Improvement Act 

(DAWIA) was amended significantly during fiscal years 2004 

and 2005. These amendments (generally referred as DAWIA

II) provide a number of flexibilities to enable the DoD to more 

effectively develop and manage the Defense Acquisition 

Workforce. This module explains the transformation items 

that took place in DAWIA II.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLM 034

Science and Technology—Lesson from 

PMT 352A

This module, excerpted from the PMT-352A course, provides 

background on the importance of the science and technology 

role in the systems acquisition process and identifies sources 

of science and technology information. It contains activities 

that allow participants to assess a science and technology 

project’s compatibility with the Advanced Threat Infrared 

Countermeasure/Common Missile Warning System Program 

and recommend strategies for incorporating the emerging 

technology.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLM 029

Net-Ready Key Performance 

Parameter (NR-KPP)

This course is designed to help program managers gain 

exposure to NR-KPP development resources, with the ultimate 

goal of ensuring the necessary program interoperability and 

supportability and joint interoperability test certifications. 

The overall method for ensuring compliance with NR-KPP as 

proposed in this course will assist in achieving a net-centric 

environment.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLM 030

Common Supplier Engagement

The Common Supplier Engagement module is designed to 

help professionals navigate through the changes that have 

occurred because of the government’s elimination of paper 

methods that were previously used in acquisitions. The 

module provides an overview of the electronic e-Business 

practices used in acquisitions, including topics on e-Business, 

e-Government, and how both of these relate to common supplier engagement.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLM 031

Improved Statement of Work

The Improved Statement of Work module will help professionals improve statements of objectives, statements of work, 

and performance work statements that are developed and 

evaluated by all acquisition career fields. Statement of work 

purpose, preparation, evaluation, and lessons learned are 

presented in this module so professionals understand and 

appreciate the critical role of requirements development in the 

acquisition process.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

Continuous Learning Modules
194 Appendix B

CLM 035

Environmental Safety and 

Occupational Health—Lesson from 

PMT 352A

This module, excerpted from PMT 352A, focuses on the 

increased emphasis and importance of environmental safety 

and occupational health as it relates to acquisition management. Program managers must ensure their programs, 

regardless of acquisition category, comply with environmental 

safety and occupational health statutory and regulatory 

requirements.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLM 036

Technology Transfer and Export 

Control Fundamentals

This module is intended to provide awareness of the program 

manager’s role in technology transfer and export control, and 

international security and program protection, as well as the 

planning process for both.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLM 037

Physical Inventories

This module provides professionals with a basic awareness 

of the duties and responsibilities of an accountable property 

officer or property custodian. The module will describe the 

preparation, physical count, and reconciliation aspects of 

physical inventories as well as when and how they should be 

applied.

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours

CLM 038

Corrosion Prevention and Control 

Overview

The Corrosion Prevention and Control Overview module will 

provide professionals with training in corrosion prevention and 

control as well as serve as an accessible reference guide to 

answer future questions.

Course Length: Approximately 8 hours

CLM 039

Foundations of Government Property

The Foundations of Government Property module provides 

DoD financial accounting and property management professionals an overview of managing government property. This 

module will increase professionals’ knowledge and understanding of DoD property accountability and management 

and the DoD accounting and accountability approach to the 

property management life cycle. It will also introduce professionals to essential tools available that will help them manage 

government property.

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours

CLM 040

Proper Financial Accounting 

Treatments for Military Equipment

As of Oct. 1, 2006, DoD has changed its acquisition business 

process for military equipment, including how it structures 

contract line items. The change affects everyone who deals 

with the procurement of military equipment, in particular, 

program managers, business/financial management analysts, 

and procurement contracting officers. This module provides 

an overview of the new acquisition responsibilities when dealing with military equipment.

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours
195

CLM 048

Audit Readiness Requirements for 

DoD Equipment

The Audit Readiness Requirements for Department of Defense (DoD) Equipment module provides key personnel, both 

financial and non-financial managers, with “how-to” details on 

the requirements and processes necessary to prepare for an 

audit of DoD equipment requiring capitalization.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLM 049

Procurement Fraud Indicators

This module provides an awareness of procurement fraud 

indicators. This CLM was developed as a result of a department-wide review of vulnerabilities to fraud, waste, and abuse 

in contracting integrity, as directed by Congress.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLM 051

Time Management

This module introduces the basics of time management, 

including the identification of common time thieves and an 

analytical framework for re-balancing the life-work paradigm.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLM 101

Analysis of Alternatives (AoA) (USAF 

Process)

The Air Force Office of Aerospace Studies created this Analysis of Alternatives (AoA) module to provide an overview of the 

process used by the Air Force to conduct an AoA in support 

of requirements development and systems acquisition. AoAs 

are prepared to help justify the need for starting, stopping, or 

continuing an acquisition program. Although this module was 

designed for Air Force employees, the information is beneficial 

to all DoD acquisition personnel.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLM 041

Capabilities-Based Planning

The Capabilities-Based Planning module provides an overview 

of the DoD guidance and policies supporting capabilitiesbased planning. The module explains the processes, roles, 

responsibilities, and challenges involved in implementing 

capabilities-based planning to respond to emerging threats to 

national security.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLM 044

Radio Frequency Identification

This module is designed to provide defense contracting officers with the knowledge necessary to insert the passive Radio 

Frequency Identification (RFID ) Defense Federal Acquisition 

Regulation Supplement (DFARS ) clause into appropriate 

contracts, thus streamlining the DoD’s receiving process. 

The module also reviews RFID technology and DoD’s RFID

implementation strategies. 

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLM 047

Fiscal and Physical Accountability and 

Management of DoD Equipment

This module builds upon the concepts presented in the Foundations of Government Property module. DoD professionals 

responsible for DoD fiscal and physical property management 

play a crucial role in the acquisition and life cycle of DoD

equipment end-items—both for the warfighter and for the 

American taxpayer. The module provides an overview of the 

acquisition and sustainment policy guidance, business rules, 

and life cycle management of DoD equipment.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

Continuous Learning Modules
196 Appendix B

CLM 103

Quality Assurance Auditing

The Quality Assurance Auditing module contains material 

that covers three general types of audits: system, process, and 

product. These audits are described in three distinct phases: 

planning and preparation, performance, and reporting and 

follow-up.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLM 200

Item-Unique Identification

Item-unique identification enables item tracking in DoD

business systems and provides reliable and accurate data for 

management, financial accountability, and asset management 

purposes. This module provides an overview of item-unique 

identification.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLM 500

ADL Implementation for Defense 

Acquisition Professionals

This module provides an introduction and overview of the advanced distributed learning (ADL) basics, requirements, and 

components as well as DoD’s policies regarding repository 

and registry functions. The module also describes sharable 

content object reference model conformance to acquisition 

planning, project management, and instructional design.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

Requirements

CLR 250

Capabilities-Based Assessment

Th Capabilities-Based Assessments module introduces 

planning and organizing capabilities-based assessments

(CBAs). The module contains four lessons: CBA Definitions, 

Pre-Planning Research, CBA Team Building and Planning, and 

the CBA Study Phase. The module explains how to conduct 

and support effective and efficient Capabilities-Based Assessments (CBAs) in support of the Joint Capabilities Integration 

and Development System (JCIDS ).

Course Length: Approximately 5 hours

CLR 252

Developing Requirements

The Developing Requirements module explains how to 

develop key performance parameters (KPPs) and key system 

attributes (KSAs) and examines the relationship of KPPs and 

KSAs to technical requirements and how to get top-level 

requirements through staffing and validation. 

Course Length: Approximately 5 hours

Federal Acquisition 

Institute Courses and 

Modules

FAC 001

HUBZone Empowerment Contracting 

Program—Certification and Eligibility

This module familiarizes procurement officials with the certification and eligibility requirements for program participation in 

the Historically Underutilized Business Zone (HUBZone) Empowerment Contracting Program. The program encourages 

economic development in HUBZones through the establishment of federal contract award preferences for qualified small 

businesses located in such areas. 

Course Length: Approximately 30 minutes

FAC 002

HUBZone Empowerment Contracting 

Program—Contractual Assistance

This module familiarizes procurement officials with the types

of HUBZone contracts and the HUBZone small business’

contract performance requirements. The HUBZone Program
197

FAC 006

The SAFETY Act

The SAFETY Act is designed to encourage the development 

and deployment of anti-terrorism technologies and services 

that will substantially enhance the protection of the nation. 

This module will explain the SAFETY Act and explain how to 

create systems of risk management and litigation management in support of the act.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

FAC 007

Certificate of Competency Program

This module provides an overview of the Certificate of Competency Program. The program, administered by the Small 

Business Administration, allows a small business to appeal a 

contracting officer’s determination that it is unable to fulfill the 

requirements of a specific government contract on which it is 

the apparent low bidder. 

Course Length: Approximately 30 minutes

FAC 008

Competition in Contracting Act (CICA)

This module, targeted toward the United States Agency for 

International Development’s (USAID ) procurement workforce, provides an overview of the Competition in Contracting 

Act (CICA ). The module involves a review of the Federal 

Acquisition Regulation (FAR ), the USAID Acquisition Regulation (USAID ’s supplement to the FAR ), and specific USAID ’s 

guidance as related to CICA . Though targeted toward USAID ’s 

procurement workforce, all USAID employees are encouraged 

to take the module.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

encourages economic development in HUBZones through

the establishment of federal contract award preferences for 

qualified small businesses located in such areas. 

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

FAC 003

HUBZone Empowerment Contracting 

Program—Historical Overview

This module familiarizes procurement officials with the

historical development of the HUBZone Program and provides

an explanation of the program’s statutory and regulatory 

development. The HUBZone Program encourages economic

development in HUBZones through the establishment of federal contract award preferences for qualified small businesses 

located in such areas. 

Course Length: Approximately 30 minutes

FAC 004

HUBZone Empowerment Contracting 

Program—Protests and Appeals

This module familiarizes procurement officials with the

procedures for filing a HUBZone protest and/or appeal. The

HUBZone Program encourages economic development in

HUBZones through the establishment of federal contract

award preferences for qualified small businesses located in 

such areas. 

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

FAC 005

Just-in-Time Compliance Training: 

Central Contractor Registration

All DoD contractors must be registered in the Central Contactor Registration to help streamline the acquisition process 

and broaden the use and reliance upon e-Business applications. The Central Contactor Registration was established 

to eliminate the need to maintain paper-based sources of 

contractor information. This module provides an overview of 

the registration process.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

Continuous Learning Modules
198 Appendix B

FAC 009

Set Asides for Small Business

There are several types of procurements that are reserved 

exclusively for the participation of small businesses. This 

module provides professionals with an overview of set-aside 

programs. 

Course Length: Approximately 30 minutes

FAC 010

Small Business Innovation Research/

Small Business Technology Transfer 

(SBIR/STTR) Programs

SBIR/STTR programs encourage small business to explore 

their technological potential, and provide the incentive to 

profit from its commercialization. By including qualified small

businesses in the nation’s research and development arena, 

high-tech innovation is stimulated and the United States gains 

entrepreneurial spirit as it meets its specific research and 

development needs. This module provides an overview of 

SBIR/STTR programs.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

FAC 012

Managing an Effective Competitive 

Sourcing Program

This video was sponsored by the Chief Acquisition Officer 

Council to explain competitive sourcing processes, best 

practices, and lessons learned. Professionals will learn how to 

more effectively implement this key administration initiative. 

Video topics range from the basics and foundation of competitive sourcing, to planning standard and streamlined competitions, to lessons learned by practitioners. 

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

FAC 013

Shaping Smart Business 

Arrangements—Expert Edition

This module is designed for personnel newly assigned to 

the contracting workforce. Participants will gain a broad, 

comprehensive understanding of the environment in which 

they will serve; develop professional skills for making business 

decisions and advising other acquisition team members 

toward success in meeting customers’ needs; be introduced 

to knowledge management and information systems; and 

prepare to provide contracting support within the overarching 

business relationships of government and industry.

Course Length: Approximately 11.5 hours

FAC 030

A-76 Post-Competition Accountability 

Training

This is a Federal Acquisition Institute interactive online training module that will help professionals understand how to 

manage a service provider awarded through the competitive 

sourcing process. This module explains the steps a federal 

government agency must take to successfully implement the 

results of a competition between a government entity and 

private sector vendors.

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours

FAC 031

Introduction to Small Business

The Introduction to Small Business module will introduce you 

to the small business program requirements related to the 

acquisition process. The module will identify the requirements 

of Small Business Programs, describe the various socio-economic small business programs, identify considerations that 

support small business programs, and describe the process of 

developing an acquisition strategy.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours
199

Harvard Business 

School Publishing 

ManageMentor®

HBS 201

Budgeting

The Budgeting module includes an overview of the following concepts: types of budgets, approaches to budgeting, 

how to categorize expenses, preparing an operating budget

(goals; assumptions; forecasting sales and revenues; cost of 

goods sold; selling, general, and administrative expenses; and 

operating income), capital budgets, capital budgeting and 

techniques, sensitivity analysis, variance in budgeting, and 

linking the budget to the balanced scorecard.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

HBS 202

Business Case Development

The Business Case Development module provides easy-tofollow steps to creating a soundly reasoned and compelling 

case for your new business initiatives. It addresses topics 

ranging from identifying business opportunities to measuring 

their success. The module also includes recommendations for 

assessing risk, weighing costs, developing an implementation 

plan, and communicating recommendations in a convincing 

manner.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

HBS 203

Business Plan Development

The Business Plan Development takes you through the 

process of preparing an effective plan for a business proposal. 

It provides detail in structuring the business plan to include 

important elements such as an executive summary, business description, business environment analysis, industry 

background, marketing plan, operations plan, management 

summary, financial plan, and attachments and milestones.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

FAC 032

Small Business: A Requirements 

Approach

Small Business: A Requirements Approach is a module that 

provides an overview of how requirements personnel can 

make effective use of small businesses.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

FAC 033

Contract Management: Strategies for 

Mission Success

The Contract Management: Strategies for Mission Success 

module focuses on improvements made to federal contract 

management through the collaboration of public and private 

sector acquisition professionals as part of the Partnership for 

Public Service’s Acquisition Innovation Initiative. 

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

FAC 034

Interagency Acquisitions Basics

The Interagency Acquisitions Basics online training module is 

a 30-minute interactive multimedia training presentation that 

defines and identifies the features and benefits of interagency 

acquisition, describes the different types of interagency 

acquisitions, and provides foundational understanding of what 

is required to make the decision to use this method, how to get 

started, keys to success, and resources available to support 

interagency acquisition activities.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

Continuous Learning Modules
200 Appendix B

HBS 204

Customer Focus

This module covers the critical components of servicing internal or external customers, with a compelling overview of the 

importance of customer service, its relationship to customer 

satisfaction, and its link to company profitability.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

HBS 205

Decision Making

The Decision Making module addresses how to make effective business decisions when involved in a process that 

requires time and input from many individuals throughout an 

organization. The module teaches how to identify underlying

issues related to a decision, generate multiple alternatives, 

evaluate those alternatives, and communicate and implement 

the decision. It includes tools and techniques for diagnosing 

and defining problems, identifying root causes, generating 

options, and weighing alternatives.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

HBS 206

Diversity

The Diversity module provides information on how to 

manage diversity to extract maximum value from employee 

differences—including how to recruit diverse talent, resolve 

diversity-related conflicts, and communicate with employees 

and customers from other cultures.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

HBS 207

Finance Essentials

The Finance Essentials module shows non-financial managers 

how their units fit into the company’s overall financial picture. 

It includes easy-to-understand explanations of the income 

statement, balance sheet, and cash flow statement, plus 

practical advice for pulling together a department’s budget 

and justifying an investment or expenditure.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

HBS 208

Managing Upward

The Managing Upward module provides insight into developing a mutually rewarding relationship with a supervisor. It 

includes skills for communicating and negotiating with your 

manager, tips on presenting problems or opportunities to a 

supervisor, and accepting responsibility for your proposed 

actions.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

HBS 209

Marketing Essentials

The Marketing Essentials module is targeted for non-marketing managers. This module includes fundamentals that will 

help people throughout the organization better understand

the importance of marketing and how it relates to them.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

HBS 210

Process Improvement

This module discusses how to improve your team’s business 

processes, thereby generating valuable results for your organization. Knowing which processes to change, how to change

them, and how to ensure that they deliver the best outcomes 

can be challenging. This module outlines what business processes are, why improving them is essential, and how to carry 

out a business process improvement initiative.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

HBS 211

Project Management

The Project Management i module provides the nuts and 

bolts of project management. The module includes project 

planning, budgeting, team-building, execution, and risk 

analysis. It covers useful tools and techniques such as GANTT

and PERT charts, work-breakdown structure, and variance 

analysis.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours
201

HBS 216

Innovation Implementation

The Innovation Implementation module provides a framework 

for turning an innovative idea into reality. Innovation is not 

only about generating creative ideas. Innovation results when 

a creative idea is put to use. However, the implementation 

phase is where many good ideas fail. This module shows how 

to implement an innovation, from crafting a vision statement 

to managing resistance.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

HBS 217

Laying Off Employees

This module presents sound advice on how to best manage 

the process of laying off an employee, providing the perspective of the manager as well as the direct report.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

HBS 218

Strategy Execution

This module provides an outline of what strategy is, how senior management and units work together to develop strategy, 

and how units support a company’s strategy by developing 

and executing action plans for strategic initiatives. In many 

companies, senior management and units are involved in 

the strategic planning process because this ensures that the 

strategies—both corporate and unit—are tightly aligned and 

that successful implementation can follow.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

HBS 219

Difficult Interactions

The Difficult Interactions module shows how to discuss and 

resolve difficult interactions in the workplace—whether 

they’re with employees, peers, bosses, or even customers 

and suppliers. It includes tools and techniques to help decide 

which situations are worth resolving, find the source of the 

difficulty, productively discuss the emotions that difficult 

interactions can raise, and overcome barriers to action.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

HBS 212

Time Management

The Time Management module outlines effective timemanagement techniques. The module demonstrates how to 

analyze your current methods of managing time and pinpoint

opportunities for improvement, set goals, prioritize tasks, plan

your time efficiently using scheduling tools, control timewasters, and evaluate your schedule once it is under way.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

HBS 213

Change Management

This module provides a practical guide to implementing, 

managing, and communicating change in your organization.

It demonstrates how to approach change with an open mind 

and use it as a stimulus to encourage new ideas and harness 

enthusiasm for further progress. The module includes steps to 

help your unit or organization become change-ready and includes planning tools to address resistance to change efforts.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

HBS 214

Crisis Management

The Crisis Management module provides a way to chart a 

course through crisis situations, from crisis plan development 

and contingency thinking to post-crisis management. This 

module is relevant for managers at all levels.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

HBS 215

Dismissing an Employee

This module provides valuable advice on effectively managing 

the process of terminating an employee for performancebased reasons for a single, unprecedented event, or the 

dismissal as a result of a longer, unsuccessful performancemanagement process.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

Continuous Learning Modules
202 Appendix B

HBS 220

Meeting Management

The Meeting Management module provides time-saving 

guidance to planning and conducting meetings from start to 

finish. It covers preparation, keeping the meeting on track, and 

follow-up. The module also includes expert advice for dealing 

with problem behaviors exhibited by meeting participants.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

HBS 221

Negotiating

The Negotiating module provides practical information on becoming an effective negotiator. The module includes steps to 

guide you through the negotiation process, such as assessing 

your interests as well as those of the other party, developing 

opportunities that create value, avoiding common barriers to 

agreement, and implementing strategies to make the negotiation process run smoothly.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

HBS 222

Persuading Others

This module provides tips on how to master the art and 

science behind successful persuasion; and begin changing 

another’s attitudes, beliefs, or behavior to create win-win 

solutions. Formal authority no longer gets managers as far as 

it used to. To do their job—accomplishing work through others—managers must develop and use persuasion skills rather 

than simply issue orders.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

HBS 223

Presentation Skills

The Presentation Skills module provides sound advice on 

preparing and delivering presentations that command attention, persuade, and inspire. It includes rehearsal techniques as 

well as tips for creating and using more effective visuals. It also 

addresses the importance of understanding your objectives 

and your audience to create a presentation with impact.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

HBS 224

Writing Skills

The Writing Skills module demonstrates how to achieve 

clearer, more effective written communications. Skillful writing 

helps you accomplish your business objectives and extends 

your influence as a manager. The module includes specific 

guidelines for preparing memos, letters, e-mails, and other 

common business documents.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

HBS 225

Performance Measurement

The Performance Measurement module outlines how to 

measure your group’s performance by applying a disciplined 

process to performance measurement.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

HBS 226

Innovation and Creativity

This module provides information on how to assess and then 

tailor the physical and psychological environment to stimulate 

creative thought, and how to manage the innovative process 

for maximum impact on your organization.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

HBS 227

Strategic Thinking

The Strategic Thinking module demonstrates how to recognize the personal traits, behaviors and attitudes, and cognitive

capacities that strategic thinkers demonstrate.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours
203

HBS 232

Developing Employees

The Developing Employees module provides easily applied 

recommendations for addressing employees’ developmental 

needs. The module includes strategies for maximizing return

on management, growing competent employees, and keeping 

star performers motivated. It also addresses the use of development planning to help team members improve individual 

performance, make the most of career opportunities, and 

maximize contributions to your organization’s performance.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

HBS 233

Feedback Essentials

This module shows how and when to use various types of 

feedback to maximize openness and encourage learning. It

covers information on establishing a receptive work environment, giving effective feedback, receiving feedback openly, 

being patient with non-communicators, and managing barriers to feedback.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

HBS 234

Goal Setting

The Goal Setting module supplies tools and techniques 

for establishing realistic goals, creating a task list, tracking 

milestones, and evaluating achievement.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

HBS 235

Performance Appraisal

The Performance Appraisal module provides guidelines on 

appropriate documentation and handling problem situations, 

as well as specific before, during, and after steps designed to 

reinforce desirable behavior and change where needed.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

HBS 228

Leading and Motivating

The Leading and Motivating module provides a synopsis of 

the essential tasks of leadership, such as setting direction, 

aligning people, and motivating others. It demonstrates how 

to recognize the skills and characteristics of effective leaders,

create an inspiring vision, and energize people to support and

work toward your goals.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

HBS 229

Team Leadership

The Team Leadership module teaches how to establish a 

team with the right mix of skills and personalities and create 

a culture that promotes collaborative work. It covers steps to 

leading innovative, easy-to-implement self-evaluation tools.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

HBS 230

Coaching

This module prepares managers to use coaching to get the 

best from their direct reports and help them master new skills. 

It demonstrates how to use a four-step process to facilitate the 

professional growth of those being coached. The module also 

helps managers strengthen their own skills in being a more 

effective coach.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

HBS 231

Delegating

The Delegating module makes available proven tools for 

assessing any assignment, matching employee skills to tasks, 

selecting the right person, and supporting the delegation all 

the way through completion. It includes strategies for communicating the assignment, monitoring progress, and dealing 

with reverse delegation.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

Continuous Learning Modules
204 Appendix B

HBS 236

Career Management

This module helps you develop a straightforward approach 

to managing your career or helping others manage their own 

careers. It includes tools for matching your interests, values, 

and skills to the right job or development opportunity, with 

valuable advice on resources such as career counselors, mentors, networking, informational interviews, and professional 

development reviews.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

HBS 237

New Manager Transitions

This module provides concepts and practical advice to help a 

new manager make a successful transition to the managerial 

role. The module will discuss common myths of management, 

the nature of the transition process from individual contributor 

to manager, how to enhance your self-knowledge, ways to 

build effective teams, and how to cope with the stresses and 

emotions that characterize the managerial role.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

HBS 238

Stress Management

The Stress Management module outlines the difference between positive stress that enhances productivity and negative 

stress that breeds tension, lowers productivity, and undercuts 

job satisfaction. It includes strategies for dealing with underlying causes of worry and stress, with tactical advice and coping 

mechanisms for immediate problem management.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

HBS 239

Team Management

The Team Management module outlines how to diagnose and 

overcome common problems—such as poor communication 

and interpersonal conflict—that can impede team progress. 

Participants will also learn to take corrective measures to 

remove team problems and improve team performance.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

HBS 240

Virtual Teams

This module offers concrete suggestions for forming virtual 

teams, including assessing technology and communication 

needs, structuring the team to build trust, and keeping the 

team on track.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

HBS 241

Hiring

The Hiring module offers techniques for finding, interviewing, 

and selecting top performers. The module covers information 

on screening resumes, checking references, asking effective 

questions, making the hiring decision, and extending the offer. 

It includes tools for creating a job profile, preparing for an 

interview, and evaluating job candidates.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

HBS 242

Retaining Employees

This module provides strategies for attracting and keeping top 

performers, how to handle common obstacles to retention 

such as burnout and work/life balance, and how to develop 

programs that address the diverse needs and interests of your 

workforce.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

HBS 301

Managing Difficult Conversations

This module immerses managers in dialogue-based situations 

that foster learning by doing, where they make key decisions 

that drive the dialogue and ensuing results. The module 

helps managers identify and adjust thought patterns before 

approaching the difficult conversations that arise in business. 

The module provides firsthand experiences in a safe environment and gives managers the opportunity to use interactive 

tools and apply follow-up action plans.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours
Continuous Learning Modules 205
206 Appendix B

HBS 302

Negotiating for Results

This module immerses managers in dialogue-based situations 

that foster learning by doing, where they make key decisions 

that drive the dialogue and ensuing results. Your managers will 

learn how to avoid common traps and find common ground 

for opportunities. The interactive module helps managers 

prepare for and conduct effective negotiations that produce a 

winning edge for your organization. The interactive environment will enable managers to tap into expert insights, discover 

proven tactics, and sharpen their own skills for getting results 

when negotiating with others.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

HBS 303

Leading Teams with Emotional 

Intelligence

This module immerses managers in dialogue-based situations 

that foster learning by doing, where they make key decisions 

that drive the dialogue and ensuing results. The module 

puts the student into situations where they must be flexible with their own emotional intelligence skills to drive high 

team performance. Engaging interactive exercises reveal the 

secret behind exceptionally productive teams. The interactive 

environment will enable managers to tap into expert insights, 

discover proven tactics, and sharpen their own skills in the 

area of emotional intelligence.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

HBS 304

Managing Difficult Conversations 

High Bandwidth

This module immerses managers in dialogue-based situations 

that foster learning by doing, where they make key decisions 

that drive the dialogue and ensuing results. The module 

helps managers identify and adjust thought patterns before 

approaching the difficult conversations that arise in business. 

The module provides firsthand experiences in a safe environment and gives managers the opportunity to use interactive 

tools and apply follow-up action plans.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

HBS 305

Negotiating for Results High 

Bandwidth

This module immerses managers in dialogue-based situations 

that foster learning by doing where they make key decisions 

that drive the dialogue and ensuing results. Your managers will 

learn how to avoid common traps and find common ground 

for opportunities. The interactive module helps managers 

prepare for and conduct effective negotiations that produce a 

winning edge for your organization. The interactive environment will enable managers to tap into expert insights, discover 

proven tactics, and sharpen their own skills for getting results 

when negotiating with others.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

HBS 306

Leading Teams with Emotional 

Intelligence High Bandwidth

This module immerses managers in dialogue-based situations that foster learning by doing, where they make key 

decisions that drive the dialogue and ensuing results. The 

module puts the student into situations where they must be 

able to flex their own emotional intelligence skills to drive high 

team performance. Engaging interactive exercises reveal the 

secret behind exceptionally productive teams. The interactive 

environment will enable managers to tap into expert insights, 

discover proven tactics, and sharpen their own skills in the 

area of emotional intelligence.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

Standard Procurement 

System Training

SPS 100

Standard Procurement System 

and Federal Procurement Data 

System—Next Generation System 

Administrator

This module contains information required to work with the 

Standard Procurement System (SPS) and Federal Procurement Data System—Next Generation (FPDS-NG) Integration at a system administrator level. SPS is one of the first 

automated contract writing systems to receive certification for 
207

integration with FPDS-NG v1.2. This module is designed primarily for SPS system administrators, and it will enable them 

to set up their sites, allow users to interact with FPDS-NG, and 

to troubleshoot issues related to user and system access with 

FPDS-NG.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

SPS 101

Standard Procurement System and 

Federal Procurement Data System—

Next Generation User

This module provides professionals information required to 

work with the Standard Procurement System (SPS) and Federal Procurement Data System—Next Generation (FPDS-NG) 

at the user level. SPS is one of the first automated contract 

writing systems to receive certification for integration with 

FPDS-NG v1.2. This module teaches SPS users the way SPS

interfaces with FPDS-NG and the various types of contract 

action reports that can be created in FPDS-NG through SPS.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

SPS 102

Contracts for Production

This module focuses on the procurement process, introduces 

the ‘basics’ of PD2, and explains the specific components of 

the performance requirements process. 

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

SPS 103

SPS System Administration

This module is focused on system administrators responsible 

for executing tasks related to configuring and maintaining an 

organization’s PD2 system. In order to achieve competence in

these tasks, this training module first provides background on 

the general PD2 environment. The student will also learn how 

to utilize the extensive help resources built into the system.

Course Length: Approximately 11 hours

SPS 104

Report Writing (WBT)

This course is an online version of the existing instructor-led 

training currently offered by the Joint Program Management 

Office. The purpose of the conversion is to open the training 

up to more procurement professionals than it is possible to 

accommodate in the classroom setting and it is a viable option 

for procurement professionals who cannot fit the classroom 

training into their busy schedules. 

Course Length: Approximately 7 hours

SPS 105

Adapter Online Support Tool

This module was created to assist the user/learner in troubleshooting the most common problems the field encounters 

with the PD2 Adapter. This module will review attributes, 

characteristics, and architecture to provide the learner with a 

better understanding of how to utilize the PD2 Adapter.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

SPS 106

Database Maintenance

This module is an online version of the existing instructor-led 

training currently offered by the Joint Program Management 

Office. The purpose of this conversion is to provide a viable 

option for procurement professionals who cannot fit the 

classroom training into their busy schedules.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

Continuous Learning Modules

Appendix C

Targeted 

Training

Go to the iCatalog at http://icatalog.dau.mil for 

information on scheduling Targeted Training 

courses.
210 Appendix C

Business

TTB 001

Activity-Based Costing Principles 

(ABCP)

Provides an overview of the activity-based costing methodology, which allows acquisition professionals to establish a 

realistic cost (including indirect costs) for all activity resources 

for products and services.

Course Length: 3.5 class days

TTB 002

Budget Execution

Reviews the monetary concepts of commitment, obligation, 

expenditure, and outlay. Discusses the preparation of obligation and expenditure plans, variance reports, and reclamas to 

budget adjustments proposed by higher headquarters.

Course Length: 1 class day

TTB 004

DoD Budget “Primer”

Explores how funds are programmed, budgeted, enacted, and 

executed to enable a successful acquisition program.

Course Length: 1 class day

TTB 005

Economic Analysis for Decision 

Making

Prepares students to conduct economic analyses, with a focus 

on formulating an objective; examining assumptions, constraints, and alternatives; identifying and comparing costs and 

benefits; and performing final analysis and documentation. 

Course Length: 5 class days

TTB 006

Economic Analysis for Managers

Prepares students to make economic decisions, exploring 

time/value of money and cost comparison techniques such as 

net present value, uniform annual cost, savings-to-investment 

ratio, internal rate of return, and capitalized cost.

Course Length: 5 class days

TTB 007

POM Development Process

Provides an introduction to Program Objective Memorandum 

(POM) development in the context of the planning, programming, budgeting, and execution process, including how the 

POM is developed, the process of submitting it to the Office 

of Secretary of Defense (OSD ), and how it is reviewed and adjusted during the OSD integrated program and budget review.

Course Length: 1 class day

TTB 008

Earned Value Management

Examines the Earned Value Management (EVM) process, 

which is key in establishing a realistic program baseline 

and can help identify program trends for technical, cost, or 

schedule performance.

Course Length: 3 class days

TTB 009

Business Financial Management 

Integration into Programs

Discover how the business financial manager integrates cost 

estimating, budget development, and defense, and ensures 

timely budget execution to enable the program manager to 

succeed.

Course Length: 1 class day 
211

TTC 014 

Service Acquisition Workshop

Reviews the complete acquisition process, from team formation to requirements and business strategy development 

to contract award and performance assessment, to help an 

acquisition program begin its work efficiently.

Course Length: 4 class days

TTC 015

Negotiation Training for the 

Acquisition Workforce

This 2-day course teaches acquisition professionals how to 

use interest-based negotiation (IBN) techniques to reach 

mutually beneficial agreements with vendors, internal departments, colleagues, and other stakeholders. This interactive 

course includes dynamic hands-on negotiating exercises that 

allow participants to apply collaborative, problem-solving 

techniques to realistic acquisition challenges.

Course Length: 2 class days

 

Professional 

Development

TTD 002

Crucial Confrontations®

Provides a step-by-step process for how managers can identify and resolve performance gaps, strengthen accountability, 

eliminate inconsistency, and reduce resentment throughout 

an office or organization.

Course Length: 2 class days

Contracting

TTC 004

Sole Source Commercial Item Pricing

Examines when a sole source commercial supply or service 

should be used and provides methods to determine if the price 

is reasonable.

Course Length: 1 class day

TTC 005

Source Selection

Provides an overview of the source selection process, 

which consists of competitive proposals allowed via Federal 

Acquisition Regulation Subpart 15.3, and examines Technical 

Evaluation Board documentation.

Course Length: 2 class days

TTC 006

Alternative Dispute Resolution

Reviews the Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) process, 

which can assist the government and contractor in resolving 

disputes, leading to mutual agreements that benefit both 

parties.

Course Length: 2 class days

TTC 013

Performance-Based Service 

Acquisition

Reviews performance-based methods, which requires acquisition professionals to focus on results and assign responsibility 

for performance to the contractor, and examines how to 

determine when the methods are required.

Course Length: 3 class days

Targeted Training 
212 Appendix C

TTD 003

Leading Project Teams Course

Emphasizes best practices of building and maintaining highperforming teams using practical examples and exercises.

Course Length: 3.5 class days

TTD 004

Myers-Briggs Type Indicator® 

Workshop

The Myers-Briggs Type Indicator (MBTI) is a self-report 

personality inventory based on the theory of psychological 

type developed by Swiss psychiatrist Carl Jung. This workshop 

allows participants to complete the instrument and receive 

individual feedback on their results. 

Course Length: 1 class day

TTD 005

Crucial Conversations®

Provides solutions to how individuals, teams, and organizations can overcome problems stemming from under-communicating, withholding information, or failing to act with unity 

and conviction.

Course Length: 2 class days

TTD 007

Strength Deployment Inventory® 

Workshop

The SDI® (Strength Deployment Inventory®) is a proven, 

memorable tool for improving team effectiveness and 

reducing the costs of conflict. During the workshop, you will 

receive a brief overview of the tool, complete the assessment 

instrument, do a self-validation, participate in fun activities to 

reinforce learning, and receive general feedback.

Course Length: 4 hours

Engineering and 

Technology

TTE 002

Problem-Solving Techniques for 

Quality Improvement (PSTQ)

How can you achieve continuous quality improvement of work 

processes? A very tough assignment! This course examines 

problem-solving methodology and statistical techniques, and 

offers a “tool kit” of ideas that may be used to achieve quality 

improvement goals.

Course Length: 3 class days

TTE 003

Navy Systems Engineering Guide

Reviews the Naval Air Systems Command (NAVAIR ) 

approach to systems engineering, focusing on NAVAIR ’s internal policies and procedures and how to tailor this corporate 

approach to specific programs or projects.

Course Length: 5 class days

TTE 004

DISA Information Systems 

Engineering Seminar (ISES)

Introduces a Defense Information Systems Agency software 

management team to basic information regarding procurement, acquisition, basic systems, and software engineering.

Course Length: 3 class days
213

TTE 009

Design of Experiments—Industrial 

Strength

Provides an overview of the design of experiments methodology, which is an iterative product/process improvement 

method and an important part of a student’s Lean, Six Sigma, 

or quality improvement plans.

Course Length: 10 class days (accelerated version, 5 class 

days)

TTE 011

Statistical Process Control

Introduces students to statistical process control and provides 

an overview of basic statistical techniques.

Course Length: 5 class days

TTE 012

Statistical Process Control for Short 

Runs

Explores how statistical process control can effectively be 

used in short-run production operations, focusing on its application in job shops and in low-volume production situations.

Course Length: 3 class days

TTE 014

Technical Project Management Using 

Intermediate Product Breakdown 

Structures

Reviews how Naval Air Systems Command systems engineers/class desk officers should plan, organize, and manage

engineering staffing efforts of acquisition programs.

Course Length: 2.5 class days

TTE 005

Systems Engineering Plan

Provides students with the knowledge, material, and understanding of internal program documentation to develop an 

executable SEP for their programs.

Course Length: 4 class days

TTE 006

Engineering Management Workshop

Using hands-on engineering experience and software-intensive skills needed to build an operating robot, students gain 

an understanding of the defense acquisition life cycle from a 

systems and software engineering perspective.

Course Length: 5 class days

TTE 007

Technology Assessment and 

Transition Management

Prepares students to conduct technology assessments; 

reviews mechanisms available to support transition; and 

provides training on technology development strategies, technology transition agreements, and other technology transition 

documentation.

Course Length: 2 class days

TTE 008

Resources for the Test and Evaluation 

Professional

Explores information and resources available to assist the 

test and evaluation workforce in performing their day-to-day 

duties.

Course Length: 1 class day

Targeted Training 
214 Appendix C

TTE 015

JCTD Executions (How to Run A 

JCTD)

Explores the necessary programmatic, technical, operational, 

and transition management skills and know-how students 

need to become effective, productive members of the Joint 

Capability Technology Demonstrations execution team.

Course Length: 2.5 class days

TTE 016

JCTD Transition Management Course

Introduces the Joint Capability Technology Demonstrations 

(JCTD ) management team to procurement and acquisition 

situations that affect many JCTD s during transition.

Course Length: 5 class days

TTE 018

Reliability and Maintainability (R&M) 

for Engineers

Explores how to apply reliability and maintainability models 

commonly used by DoD weapons system contractors to the 

design and development of equipment and systems.

Course Length: 3 class days

Logistics

TTL 001

Performance-Based Logistics

Examines problem-solving and statistical methodologies, and 

provides students with techniques to improve work processes 

and achieve quality improvement goals.

Course Length: 2.5 class days

TTL 002

Provisioning Management

Examines management-level planning and oversight of logistics support development for a new system, ensuring students 

gain a sound understanding of the normal sequence of events 

in system provisioning.

Course Length: 3 class days

TTL 003

Reliability and Maintainability for 

Logisticians

Reliability and Maintainability (R&M) for Logisticians presents 

an overview of acquisition R&M policy and its application to 

logistics support.

Course Length: 3 class days

TTL 005

ISO 9000—2000

Introduction to the application, interpretation, and evaluation 

of the ISO 9000 series standards for quality management 

systems as used in defense acquisitions.

Course Length: 2 class days

TTL 006

Logistics Test and Evaluation

Provides an overview of DoD Directive 5000.1 and DoD

Instruction 5000.2, as well as acquisition processes involved 

with systems engineering, test and evaluation, acquisition 

logistics (including reliability, maintainability, and availability), 

and contractor operations and test reporting.

Course Length: 2 class days
215

Acquisition and 

Management

TTM 001

Program Attorney’s Acquisition 

Overview Course

Provides program attorneys an overview of program management office functions, challenges, and processes involved 

in fielding needed capabilities within budget and schedule 

constraints.

Course Length: 5 class days

TTM 002

Risk Management Workshop

Provides an overview of risk management and explores 

a step-by-step process to identify, evaluate, and develop 

risk-handling strategies, allowing the student to effectively 

perform and communicate risk planning.

Course Length: 1 class day

TTM 003

New Program Startup Workshop

Emphasizes better government and industry teaming after

contract award, and is tailored to match the specific needs of 

the each program.

Course Length: 3.5 class days

TTM 004

Program Management through the 

Looking Glass

Using the Looking Glass interactive behavioral management simulation, program managers and their team explore 

personal leadership and management styles and receive 

feedback on improving the team’s performance.

Course Length: 3 class days

TTM 005

Integrated Baseline Review Workshop

Reviews the Integrated Baseline Review (IBR) process—which 

was developed to assess the reasonableness, adequacy, and 

accuracy of this baseline plan—and provides tailored feedback 

on how best to conduct an IBR for a student’s particular 

project.

Course Length: 2 class days 

TTM 006

System Acquisition Overview (SAO)

An introduction to the terms, relationships, decisions, and 

actions taken by a program management office during the life 

cycle of a major weapon system.

Course Length: 3 class days

Targeted Training